http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/api.php?action=feedcontributions&feedformat=atom&user=Gustavo 2026-10-25T11:09:19Z User contributions MediaWiki 1.35.2 http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Portugues/1&diff=9194 2025-08-04T22:50:38Z

<p>Gustavo: /* Música */</p> <hr /> <div><br /> ==Diálogo==<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/4/4c/L1_-_Di%C3%A1logo.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;div class=&quot;well well-dia&quot;&gt;<br /> : A: Oi<br /> : B: Oi, tudo bem?<br /> : A: Tudo, e contigo?<br /> : B: Estou bem, obrigado.<br /> : A: Você também veio para a entrevista?<br /> : B: Sim. E você?<br /> : A: Também.<br /> : B: Qual é o seu nome?<br /> : A: Ricardo. E o seu?<br /> : B: O meu é Rafael. Prazer!<br /> : A: O prazer é todo meu.<br /> : B: Opa. Me chamaram. Até logo Ricardo. Boa sorte!<br /> : A: Para você também!<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Cumprimentos e Despedidas==<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> <br /> *Oi<br /> **Hi<br /> *Tudo bem?<br /> **How are you?<br /> *Como você está? (singular)<br /> *Como vocês estão? (plural)<br /> **How are you?<br /> <br /> *Eu estou bem. Obrigado. E você?<br /> **I'm fine. Thanks. And you?<br /> <br /> *Bom dia<br /> **Good morning<br /> *Boa tarde<br /> **Good afternoon<br /> *Boa noite<br /> **Good evening/Good night<br /> <br /> *Tchau<br /> **Bye<br /> *Até logo<br /> **See you soon.<br /> *Até mais<br /> **See you later.<br /> <br /> *Qual [é] o seu nome?<br /> **What's your name?<br /> *Eu sou o _______ . (masculino)<br /> *Eu sou a _______ . (feminino)<br /> **I am _____ .<br /> *O meu nome é ______ .<br /> **My name is _____ .<br /> *E o seu?<br /> **And yours?<br /> *Prazer [em conhecê-lo(a)]<br /> **Nice to meet you.<br /> *O prazer é meu.<br /> **The pleasure is mine.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> ==Vocabulário==<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/5/59/L1_-_Vocabul%C3%A1rio.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> *a entrevista - interview<br /> *a aula - class<br /> *a massa - pasta<br /> *a água - water<br /> *a lasanha - lasagna<br /> *a tristeza - sadness<br /> *a felicidade - happiness<br /> *a mulher/as mulheres - woman/women<br /> *o homem/os homens - man/men<br /> *o peixe - fish<br /> *o fim - end<br /> *o filme - movie<br /> *o livro - book<br /> *o vegetal/os vegetais - vegetable(s)<br /> *o refrigerante - soda<br /> *o café - coffee<br /> *o chá - tea<br /> *o português - Portuguese<br /> *o inglês - English<br /> *o espanhol - Spanish<br /> *o italiano - Italian<br /> <br /> *vir/veio - to come/came<br /> *chamar/chamaram - to call/called<br /> *ter/tem - to have/has<br /> <br /> *sim - yes<br /> *não - no<br /> *contigo - with you<br /> *também - also<br /> *para - for<br /> *todo - all, everything<br /> *meu - my, mine<br /> *me - me<br /> *do = de + o - of the<br /> *da = de + a - of the<br /> *boa sorte - good luck<br /> <br /> ==Verbos==<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> <br /> '''Gostar'''<br /> <br /> *Eu gosto.<br /> **I like.<br /> *Você gosta?<br /> **Do you like?<br /> *Eu não gosto.<br /> **I don't like.<br /> <br /> '''Comer'''<br /> <br /> *Eu como.<br /> **I eat.<br /> *Você come?<br /> **Do you eat?<br /> *Eu não como.<br /> **I don't eat.<br /> <br /> '''Beber'''<br /> <br /> *Eu bebo.<br /> **I drink.<br /> *Você bebe?<br /> **Do you drink?<br /> *Eu não bebo.<br /> **I don't drink.<br /> <br /> '''Falar'''<br /> <br /> *Eu falo.<br /> **I speak.<br /> *Você fala?<br /> **Do you speak?<br /> *Eu não falo.<br /> **I don't speak.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Pratique==<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/d/da/L1_-_Pratique.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> Passe as seguintes frases para a forma interrogativa e negativa.<br /> <br /> #Eu gosto do médico.<br /> #Eu gosto da aula.<br /> #Eu gosto do filme.<br /> #Eu gosto do livro.<br /> <br /> #Eu como lasanha.<br /> #Eu como vegetais.<br /> #Eu como peixe.<br /> #Eu como massa.<br /> <br /> #Eu bebo água.<br /> #Eu bebo refrigerante.<br /> #Eu bebo café.<br /> #Eu bebo chá.<br /> <br /> #Eu falo português.<br /> #Eu falo inglês.<br /> #Eu falo espanhol.<br /> #Eu falo italiano.<br /> <br /> ===Exercícios===<br /> <br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> <br /> { Complete com os artigos '''o, a, os, as''':<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> a. { os _2 } médicos<br /> b. { o _1 } professor<br /> c. { o _1 } jornalista (homem)<br /> d. { o _1 } cozinheiro<br /> e. { o _1 } arquiteto<br /> f. { os _2 } psicólogos<br /> g. { o _1 } consultor<br /> h. { o _1 } empresário<br /> i. { os _2 } engenheiros<br /> j. { o _1 } chefe de cozinha (homem)<br /> k. { os _2 } advogados<br /> l. { as _2 } médicas<br /> m. { a _1 } professora<br /> n. { a _1 } jornalista (mulher)<br /> o. { a _1 } cozinheira<br /> p. { a _1 } arquiteta<br /> q. { as _2 } psicólogas<br /> r. { a _1 } consultora<br /> s. { a _1 } empresária<br /> t. { as _2 } engenheiras<br /> u. { a _1 } chefe de cozinha (mulher)<br /> v. { as _2 } advogadas<br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> ==O Alfabeto==<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/c/ca/L1_-_O_alfabeto.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> &lt;div&gt;<br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> ! colspan=&quot;7&quot; | '''The English Alphabet'''<br /> |-<br /> |A||B||C||D||E||F||G<br /> |-<br /> ! || || || || || ||<br /> |-<br /> |H||I||J||K||L||M||N<br /> |-<br /> ! || || || || || ||<br /> |-<br /> |O||P||Q||R||S||T||U<br /> |-<br /> ! || || || || || ||<br /> |-<br /> |V||W||X||Y||Z|| || <br /> |}<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> Para perguntar como soletramos uma palavra usamos a seguinte expressão:<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *Como se soletra &quot;legal&quot;?<br /> **How do you spell &quot;legal&quot;?<br /> }}<br /> <br /> Quando uma letra se repete, usamos a expressão &quot;dois&quot;, por exemplo:<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *Como se soletra &quot;passar&quot;?<br /> *pe, a, dois esses, a, erre <br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> ====Exercício====<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/f/f4/L1_-_Exerc%C3%ADcio_-_soletre.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> Soletre as seguintes palavras:<br /> <br /> #aula<br /> #massa<br /> #água<br /> #lasanha<br /> #filme<br /> #livro<br /> #vegetais<br /> #refrigerante<br /> #café<br /> #chá<br /> #médico<br /> #professor<br /> #português<br /> <br /> ==Música==<br /> <br /> &lt;div class=&quot;well&quot;&gt;<br /> :&quot;Tristesa não tem fim, felicidade sim.&quot;<br /> :&quot;Sadness has no end, happiness does.&quot;<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> {{youtube|sTi1AMyPWQE}}<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> :::'''A Felicidade'''<br /> <br /> :Tristeza não tem fim<br /> :Felicidade sim<br /> : &lt;br&gt;<br /> :A felicidade é como a pluma<br /> :Que o vento vai levando pelo ar<br /> :Voa tão leve<br /> :Mas tem a vida breve<br /> :Precisa que haja vento sem parar<br /> : &lt;br&gt;<br /> :A felicidade do pobre parece<br /> :A grande ilusão do carnaval<br /> :A gente trabalha o ano inteiro<br /> :Por um momento de sonho<br /> :Pra fazer a fantasia<br /> :De rei ou de pirata ou jardineira<br /> :E tudo se acabar na quarta-feira<br /> : &lt;br&gt;<br /> :Tristeza não tem fim<br /> :Felicidade sim<br /> :Tristeza não tem fim<br /> :Felicidade sim<br /> : &lt;br&gt;<br /> :A felicidade é como a gota<br /> :De orvalho numa pétala de flor<br /> :Brilha tranquila<br /> :Depois de leve oscila<br /> :E cai como uma lágrima de amor<br /> : &lt;br&gt;<br /> :A minha felicidade está sonhando<br /> :Nos olhos da minha namorada<br /> :É como esta noite<br /> :Passando, passando<br /> :Em busca da madrugada<br /> :Falem baixo, por favor<br /> :Pra que ela acorde alegre como o dia<br /> :Oferecendo beijos de amor<br /> <br /> [[Lesson:Portugues/1/HojeCedo | Hoje Cedo]]<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot;&gt;[[Lesson:Portugues/2|Próxima lição]]&lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Why_Siri_can_take_over_the_world&diff=9193 2022-02-08T14:35:34Z

<p>Gustavo: /* Writing practice */</p> <hr /> <div>==Conversation==<br /> <br /> Answer the following questions. You might be asked to write them down or answer them out loud.<br /> <br /> #Have you ever used SIRI or something similar? How was your experience?<br /> #How often do you search things on Google?<br /> #What do you know about artificial intelligence?<br /> #Do you believe one day computers will be able to feel and love like people do?<br /> #What has changed in the world because of technologies such as Google and SIRI?<br /> #Do you believe robots might take over the world in the future?<br /> #What do you do when you can't access the internet?<br /> #Are these new technologies necessarily good or might they also be harmful? Explain.<br /> #What kind of technology would you like to see being developed?<br /> #Have you seen any science fiction movie that revolves around these issues?<br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Look at the vocabulary below. Take time to explore the links for their definitions in English and their translations to Portuguese. When you are done, make a sentence with each word. Ask your teacher if you should write them down or say them out loud.<br /> <br /> {{Definition|stuff}} <br /> {{Definition|joke}} <br /> {{Definition|flirt}} <br /> {{Definition|model}} <br /> {{Definition|apply}} <br /> {{Definition|ATM}} <br /> {{Definition|reliable}} <br /> {{Definition|anticipate}} <br /> {{Definition|flood}} <br /> {{Definition|claim}} <br /> {{Definition|threat}} <br /> {{Definition|enable}}<br /> <br /> ==Video==<br /> <br /> Watch the following video but DON'T read the transcript yet.<br /> <br /> {{youtube|OBr4u0dsFFY}}<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> After watching the video do this [[{{FULLPAGENAME}}/ExerciseD1 | listening exercise]].<br /> &lt;div&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Reading practice==<br /> <br /> Read the following transcript then do the associated [[{{FULLPAGENAME}}/ExerciseC1 | reading comprehension exercise]].<br /> <br /> &lt;div class=&quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&quot; style=&quot;width:95%&quot;&gt;Transcript:&lt;div class=&quot;mw-collapsible-content&quot;&gt;<br /> If you got yourself the new Iphone, then you fell in love with the SIRI. Because she's helping you do stuff, like make phone calls. You can joke around with her, you're flirting with her, and she is pretty helpful.&lt;br&gt; <br /> SIRI is unique, and the reason for this is SIRI isn't just voice recognition, SIRI can actually understand language, she knows how language is modeled, and she can apply logic. And this makes her feel far more intelligent and human than anything else. Now, we know from things like ATM's that when machines are as reliable as humans, we'd rather use machines. People are using SIRI way more than Apple anticipated. And SIRI is learning everyday, which is making her smarter and smarter.&lt;br&gt; <br /> So, if Apple opens SIRI to third party developers, there is gonna be a flood of new voice enabled applications. SIRI will help you buy things, make your travel plans, make phone calls for you, she will learn your preferences. SIRI is really gonna become a personal assistant, the beginning of actual artificial intelligence. And this is a big deal. Eric Schmidt, from Google, claimed to the Senate Subcommittee on Competition Policy, that the biggest threat to Google is SIRI, because one day you might stop using Google completely and ask her instead. So, keep an eye on SIRI. She is gonna turn some heads.<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Writing practice==<br /> Search the web for information on Google Classroom IN ENGLISH! Then, write a few paragraphs explaining what it is and what you think about it. <br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Core]]</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/28&diff=9192 2021-12-20T21:30:01Z

<p>Gustavo: /* 1. Faça perguntas, seguindo o modelo: */</p> <hr /> <div>{{#css:olexercises.css}}<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> <br /> Frases imperativas são utilizadas para dar conselhos, instruções, comandos e fazer pedidos.<br /> <br /> Exemplos:<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | Do not enter!<br /> |- <br /> | Wait here!<br /> |- <br /> | Call me when you get there.<br /> |-<br /> | Write your name on this sheet of paper, please.<br /> |}<br /> <br /> Obs.: <br /> <br /> * Frases imperativas podem ser apenas afirmativas ou negativas. Não existem perguntas imperativas.<br /> * Frases afirmativas começam com um verbo.<br /> * Frases negativas começam com '''don't'''.<br /> <br /> ===Exercises===<br /> <br /> ====1. Mude as frases do afirmativo para o negativo:====<br /> <br /> #Go outside.<br /> #Give this to him.<br /> #Put your books on the table.<br /> #Buy that newspaper.<br /> #Turn off the radio.<br /> #Let's go.<br /> #Call me in the morning.<br /> #Tell me about Mary.<br /> #Let's dance.<br /> <br /> ====2. Mude as frases do negativo para o afirmativo:====<br /> <br /> #Don't open the door.<br /> #Don't close the window.<br /> #Let's not visit her.<br /> #Don't come early.<br /> #Don't help him.<br /> #Don't sit there.<br /> #Don't call him now.<br /> #Don't open your books.<br /> #Don't read that letter.<br /> <br /> <br /> ====3. Escolha a alternativa correta:====<br /> <br /> #Don't (open, wait) the window.<br /> #Let's not (invite, buy) her.<br /> #(Wait, Go) for me.<br /> #Don't (read, disturb) her.<br /> #Let's not (call, sit) the girls.<br /> #(Put, Wait) the magazine on the table.<br /> #Don't (eat, drink) that milk.<br /> #(Sit, Wash) on the sofa.<br /> #Let's (listen, buy) to him.<br /> #Don't (come, tell) after 10 o'clock.<br /> <br /> ==Pronunciation== <br /> <br /> {{youtube|mVU046CCnuI}}<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot; <br /> !colspan=&quot;2&quot;|Examples<br /> |-<br /> | boat || know <br /> |-<br /> | show || goat <br /> |-<br /> | no || coat <br /> |-<br /> | sew || dough<br /> |-<br /> | flow || throat<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> ===The Dining Room===<br /> <br /> * Eating utensils<br /> * Spoon<br /> * Fork<br /> * Knife<br /> * Chop sticks<br /> * Plate<br /> * Bowl<br /> * Salt shaker<br /> * Salt<br /> * Pepper shaker<br /> * Pepper<br /> * Napkin<br /> * Napkin ring<br /> * Place setting<br /> * Place mat<br /> * Table<br /> * Tablecloth<br /> * Pitcher<br /> * Glass<br /> * Cup<br /> * Saucer<br /> * Straw<br /> * Mug<br /> * Ladle<br /> * Bottle<br /> * Bottle cap<br /> * Bottle opener<br /> * Cork<br /> * Corkscrew<br /> * Wine glass<br /> <br /> <br /> [http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/dining-room/ Dining Room]<br /> <br /> ==Review==<br /> <br /> <br /> ====1. Faça perguntas, seguindo o modelo. Use &quot;going to&quot;:====<br /> <br /> :'''I’m going to visit Tom tonight. (What time / visit)'''<br /> : What time are you going to visit him?<br /> <br /> #I’m going to the supermarket.(What / buy)<br /> #Jane is going to Rio this afternoon.(What flight / take)<br /> #We’re going to a party tonight.(What time / be back)<br /> #My children are going to learn tennis.(When / start)<br /> #My brother is going to buy a car.(What car / buy)<br /> #My sister is going to quit her job. (Why / quit)<br /> #My parents are going to buy an apartment.(How much / pay for)<br /> #My company is going to fire many people. (How many people / fire)<br /> #My wife is going to cook dinner. (What / cook)<br /> #Our friends are going to sell their house. (Why / sell)<br /> #My mother is going to arrive at six o’clock. (You / wait for)<br /> #It’s my girlfriend’s birthday tomorrow. (What / you / give)<br /> #Don is taking his exam tomorrow. (Do you think / pass)<br /> #Marie and Fred are in love. (Do you think / get married)<br /> #The sky is so dark. (Do you think / rain)<br /> #I’m finishing this report. (You / print / now)<br /> #The telephone is ringing. (You / answer)<br /> <br /> ====2. Leia o texto abaixo e em seguida responda as perguntas. Tente não procurar as respostas no texto, elabore uma resposta baseado no que você leu e entendeu do texto:====<br /> <br /> :The Walkers<br /> <br /> <br /> :These are Susan and Terry. They are married. They live in a big city. This is their daughter Amy. Amy is singing. She loves singing pop music. She wants to be a singer. This is their son Chris. Chris is studying. He hates studying. He wants to be a fireman. Their dog is playing on the floor. Her name is Roxie. Roxie is waiting for a walk. Susan and Terry are making dinner. They like to cook together. Terry is chopping vegetables and Susan is making pasta. Their friends Jane and Barry are coming over for dinner tonight. The Walkers have lots of friends. They like to go out on the weekends. They like going to the movies or going to the theater.<br /> <br /> <br /> #Where do Susan and Terry live?<br /> #What is their daughter’s name? What is she doing?<br /> #What does Chris want to be?<br /> #Who is Roxie?<br /> #What is Roxie doing?<br /> #Who is making dinner? What is Terry doing?<br /> #Who is coming over for dinner? <br /> #What do the Walkers like to do on the weekends?<br /> <br /> <br /> ====3. Complete as frases usando a forma correta dos verbos, veja o exemplo:====<br /> <br /> : I usually ________ at 7:00, but today I ________ at 6:30 because I have an appointment at work. (get up)<br /> : I usually '''get up''' at 7:00, but today I '''am getting up''' at 6:30 because I have an appointment at work.<br /> <br /> #Bryce never ________ cakes, but she ________ one today because it is her husband's birthday. (bake)<br /> #David always ________ to work, but he ________ the bus today because it is raining very hard. (walk, take)<br /> #They usually ________ the local newspaper, but today they ________ a national newspaper. (read)<br /> #The children usually ________________ a bath in the evening, but tonight they ________ a shower. (have, take)<br /> #I often ________ cereal for breakfast, but today I ________ eggs. (eat)<br /> # Robert never ________ a tie to work, but he ________ one today because he has an important meeting. (wear)<br /> #Mr. Sandler usually ________ work at 5:30, but he ________ early today because it is his wife's birthday. (leave)<br /> #Brenda always ________ at Target, but today she ________ at Walmart because there is a good sale there. (shop)<br /> #Jane and Jack never ________ wine, but they ________ wine today because it is their anniversary. (drink)<br /> <br /> ====4. Vamos trabalhar com os vocabulários estudados até agora. Dê o nome de pratos que possuam as comidas abaixo:====<br /> <br /> Ex.: You can make a salad with lettuce.<br /> <br /> #lettuce<br /> #mushroom<br /> #pepper<br /> #sweet potatoes<br /> #cucumber<br /> #peas<br /> #eggplant<br /> #bell pepper<br /> #garlic<br /> #green onion<br /> <br /> ====5. Coloque o '''there to be''' na forma correta nas frases abaixo:====<br /> <br /> <br /> #____________ an accident on First Avenue.<br /> #____________ anybody in room 201 now?<br /> #____________ doubts about your project.<br /> #____________ a man waiting for me right now.<br /> #____________ two men there now.<br /> #How many pencils ____________ in the box?<br /> #Can you tell me how many people ____________ in the room now?<br /> #____________ five people at the meeting now.<br /> #____________ a big show on TV tonight.<br /> <br /> ==Conversation==<br /> <br /> # Where does your brother / sister live?<br /> # How often do you go to the dentist?<br /> # When does your class begin?<br /> # How much does it cost to fly from São Paulo to New York?<br /> # What time do you get up on weekends?<br /> # How often do you visit your grandparents?<br /> # What are you going to do after class today?<br /> # What sports do you like to play?<br /> # What do you need to do next weekend?<br /> # Who prepares dinner in your house?<br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot;&gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/29|Next lesson]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Essentials ok]]<br /> <br /> {{Tier3-sidebar}}</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:How_to_become_a_lifehacker&diff=9191 2021-12-15T23:48:17Z

<p>Gustavo: /* Conversation */</p> <hr /> <div>==Conversation==<br /> <br /> Answer the following questions. You might be asked to write them down or answer them out loud.<br /> <br /> #What springs to mind when you hear the word 'hacker'?<br /> #Does technology save time or does it just make us waste more time?<br /> #How has technology changed the way you live?<br /> #If you had the possibility of only working from your house on your computer, would you do it and why?<br /> #Have you ever tried to create something that made your life easier? What?<br /> #What invention do you think has had the greatest impact on society? Why?<br /> #Do you remember the first time you used a computer or the Internet? What did you think about it?<br /> #Would you hack anything to improve your daily tasks? What?<br /> #What do you think the world will be like a hundred years from now?<br /> #How do you use your computer to study English?<br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Look at the vocabulary below. Take time to explore the links for their definitions in English and their translations to portuguese. When you are done, make a sentence with each word. Ask your teacher if you should write them down or say them out loud.<br /> <br /> {{Definition|steal}} <br /> {{Definition|system}} <br /> {{Definition|hacking}} <br /> {{Definition|check}} <br /> {{Definition|entrench}} <br /> {{Definition|efficient}} <br /> {{Definition|range}} <br /> {{Definition|creative}} <br /> {{Definition|about}} <br /> {{Definition|search}} <br /> <br /> ==Video==<br /> <br /> Watch the following video but DON'T read the transcript yet.<br /> <br /> {{youtube|PKqBfVNWCEQ}}<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> After watching the video do this [[{{FULLPAGENAME}}/ExerciseD1 | listening exercise]].<br /> &lt;div&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Reading practice==<br /> <br /> Read the following transcript then do the associated [[{{FULLPAGENAME}}/ExerciseC1 | reading comprehension exercise]].<br /> <br /> &lt;div class=&quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&quot; style=&quot;width:95%&quot;&gt;Transcript:&lt;div class=&quot;mw-collapsible-content&quot;&gt;<br /> Interviewer: When you hear the word hacking, you generally think of &quot;bad people getting into your computer to steal your identity or do things like that&quot;. That's Whitson Gordon, he is the deputy editor of Lifehacker.com.&lt;br&gt;<br /> WG: Well, what the word hacking really means is just finding a clever way to do something, and often that's a clever way to work around an established system. &lt;br&gt;<br /> Interviewer: And you'd be surprised at how many established systems there are in your own life. Like, there is a system for how you get up in the morning, and a system for how you check your email and a system you use for your calendar and on and on and on.&lt;br&gt;<br /> WG: A lot of us are so entrenched in the systems that we're a part of and the way that we work day to day that we don't realize that sometimes there is an easier way to do something. &lt;br&gt;<br /> Interviewer: And so yeah, hacking into someone's bank account, that's really bad, but hacking into your own life, that can be really good. Because the way that we do things, generally sucks. &lt;br&gt;<br /> WG: Life hacking can range from doing something to your wireless router to get better reception, to making your headphones stay better in your ear with a two-dollar pair of ear plugs. It's just little things that make your day-to-day life easier and more efficient. &lt;br&gt;<br /> Interviewer: So how do I go about hacking systems in my own life?&lt;br&gt;<br /> WG: The first thing I would do is go by your work as normal and maybe take a little bit of time at the end of each day, just ten minutes to think about what you did that day. You know, this point in my day was really inefficient, how can I maybe do that better? Do that every day and you'll start to see where maybe the inefficiencies are in your work, you know, maybe you spend way too much time trying to wade through emails, you spend way too much time typing out certain things.&lt;br&gt;<br /> Interviewer: From there I just have to be really creative and think outside the box. Is there any tricks that you have at that point?<br /> WG: Yeah, if you say to yourself &quot;God, I'm spending so much time typing out this, this tedious stuff all day long.&quot; You go on to Google, you search for &quot;how to save yourself time typing&quot;. And you'll find not just a lot of solutions from people, but a lot of actual programs for computers that people have written to deal with that specific problem. &lt;br&gt;<br /> Interviewer: What would be the purpose behind caring about lifehacks?&lt;br&gt;<br /> WG: You know most of us are wasting, just wasting ‘x’ percent of our time on tedious tasks or wasting ‘x’ percent of our money on things that we could easily make ourselves and by dedicating part of your day to reorganizing your thoughts and rehacking some of these little things that you do every day, you can save a ton of time, you know, be more productive, have more time to spend on the things that are really more important.<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Writing practice==<br /> <br /> Write a couple of paragraphs sharing a few of your life hacks. If you can't think of any that you already use, think about ones you could implement. Make sure to use words you learned from the text and try to make it as long as you can.<br /> <br /> [[Category:Awaiting review]]<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Core]]</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:He_Fixes_Radios_by_Thinking!&diff=9190 2021-11-11T12:00:48Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>= Instructions =<br /> <br /> ===Reading comprehension===<br /> <br /> :::The first thing you should do is read the passage. Look up the words you don't know in [http://www.dictionary.com/ www.dictionary.com]<br /> <br /> ===Reading aloud===<br /> <br /> :::Once you understand the text, read it aloud to your teacher once. Write down the words you have difficulty pronouncing. <br /> <br /> ===Listening===<br /> <br /> :::After reading it once and writing down the words you have difficulty with, it's time for you to listen to the recording and pay attention to the correct pronunciation.<br /> <br /> ===Practicing===<br /> <br /> :::Now, read the text again as many times as necessary until it becomes easy for you to read it. The goal is to attain fluency in reading this specific text before you move on to a new one. You may find it useful to download the audio file into your mp3 player and listen to it outside of the classroom. This exercise may take several classes to be finished, but the goal is not to finish it quickly, but to master it completely.<br /> <br /> == Part A == <br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> |<br /> When I was about eleven or twelve I set up a lab in my house. It consisted of an old wooden packing box that I put shelves in. I had a heater, and I'd put in fat and cook french-fried potatoes all the time. I also had a storage battery, and a lamp bank.<br /> <br /> To build the lamp bank I went down to the five-and-ten and got some sockets you can screw down to a wooden base, and connected them with<br /> pieces of bell wire. By making different combinations of switches--in series or parallel--I knew I could get different voltages. But what I hadn't realized was that a bulb's resistance depends on its temperature, so the results of my calculations weren't the same as the stuff that came out of the circuit. But it was all right, and when the bulbs were in series, all half-lit, they would gloooooooooow, very pretty--it was great!<br /> <br /> I had a fuse in the system so if I shorted anything, the fuse would blow. Now I had to have a fuse that was weaker than the fuse in the house, so I made my own fuses by taking tin foil and wrapping it around an old burnt-out fuse. Across my fuse I had a five-watt bulb, so when my fuse blew, the load from the trickle charger that was always charging the storage battery would light up the bulb. The bulb was on the switchboard behind a piece of brown candy paper (it looks red when a light's behind it)--so if something went off, I'd look up to the switchboard and there would be a big red spot where the fuse went. It was fun!<br /> <br /> I enjoyed radios. I started with a crystal set that I bought at the store, and I used to listen to it at night in bed while I was going to sleep, through a pair of earphones. When my mother and father went out until late at night, they would come into my room and take the earphones off--and worry about what was going into my head while I was asleep.<br /> <br /> About that time I invented a burglar alarm, which was a very simple-minded thing: it was just a big battery and a bell connected with some wire.<br /> <br /> When the door to my room opened, it pushed the wire against the battery and closed the circuit, and the bell would go off.<br /> One night my mother and father came home from a night out and very, very quietly, so as not to disturb the child, opened the door to come into my room to take my earphones off. All of a sudden this tremendous bell went off with a helluva racket --BONG BONG BONG BONG BONG!!! I jumped out of bed yelling, &quot;It worked! It worked!&quot;<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | [http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20A.mp3 Download] ||&lt;html5media&gt;http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20A.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> |}<br /> <br /> == Part B ==<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> |<br /> I had a Ford coil--a spark coil from an automobile--and I had the spark terminals at the top of my switchboard. I would put a Raytheon RH tube, which had argon gas in it, across the terminals, and the spark would make a purple glow inside the vacuum--it was just great!<br /> One day I was playing with the Ford coil, punching holes in paper with the sparks, and the paper caught on fire. Soon I couldn't hold it any more because it was burning near my fingers, so I dropped it in a metal wastebasket which had a lot of newspapers in it. Newspapers burn fast, you know, and the flame looked pretty big inside the room. I shut the door so my mother--who was playing bridge with some friends in the living room--wouldn't find out there was a fire in my room, took a magazine that was lying nearby, and put it over the wastebasket to smother the fire.<br /> <br /> After the fire was out I took the magazine off, but now the room began to fill up with smoke. The wastebasket was still too hot to handle, so I got a pair of pliers, carried it across the room, and held it out the window for the smoke to blow out.<br /> But because it was breezy outside, the wind lit the fire again, and now the magazine was out of reach. So I pulled the flaming wastebasket back in through the window to get the magazine, and I noticed there were curtains in the window--it was very dangerous!<br /> <br /> Well, I got the magazine, put the fire out again, and this time kept the magazine with me while I shook the glowing coals out of the wastepaper basket onto the street, two or three floors below. Then I went out of my room, closed the door behind me, and said to my mother, &quot;I'm going out to play,&quot; and the smoke went out slowly through the windows.<br /> <br /> I also did some things with electric motors and built an amplifier for a photo cell that I bought that could make a bell ring when I put my hand in front of the cell. I didn't get to do as much as I wanted to, because my mother kept putting me out all the time, to play. But I was often in the house, fiddling with my lab.<br /> <br /> I bought radios at rummage sales. I didn't have any money, but it wasn't very expensive-they were old, broken radios, and I'd buy them and try to fix them. Usually they were broken in some simple-minded way--some obvious wire was hanging loose, or a coil was broken or partly unwound--so I could get some of them going. On one of these radios one night I got WACO in Waco, Texas--it was tremendously exciting!<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | [http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20B.mp3 Download] ||&lt;html5media&gt;http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20B.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt; <br /> |}<br /> <br /> == Part C ==<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> |<br /> On this same tube radio up in my lab I was able to hear a station up in Schenectady called WGN. Now, all of us kids-- my two cousins, my sister, and the neighborhood kids--listened on the radio downstairs to a program called the Eno Crime Club--Eno effervescent salts--it was the thing! Well, I discovered that I could hear this program up in my lab on WGN one hour before it was broadcast in New York! So I'd discover what was going to happen, and then, when we were all sitting around the radio downstairs listening to the Eno Crime Club, I'd say, &quot;You know, we haven't heard from so-and-so in a long time. I betcha he comes and saves the situation.&quot; <br /> <br /> Two seconds later, bup-bup, he comes! So they all got excited about this, and I predicted a couple of other things. Then they realized that there must be some trick to it--that I must know, somehow. So I owned up to what it was, that I could hear it upstairs the hour before.<br /> <br /> You know what the result was, naturally. Now they couldn't wait for the regular hour, They all had to sit upstairs in my lab with this little creaky radio for half an hour, listening to the Eno Crime Club from Schenectady.<br /> <br /> We lived at that time in a big house; it was left by my grandfather to his children, and they didn't have much money aside from the house. It was a very large, wooden house, and I would run wires all around the outside, and had plugs in all the rooms, so I could always listen to my radios, which were upstairs in my lab. I also had a loudspeaker--not the whole speaker, but the part without the big horn on it.<br /> <br /> One day, when I had my earphones on, I connected them to the loudspeaker, and I discovered something: I put my finger in the speaker and I could hear it in the earphones; I scratched the speaker and I'd hear it in the earphones. So I discovered that the speaker could act like a microphone, and you didn't even need any batteries. At school we were talking about Alexander Graham Bell, so I gave a demonstration of the speaker and the earphones. I didn't know it at the time, but I think it was the type of telephone he originally used.<br /> <br /> So now I had a microphone, and I could broadcast from upstairs to downstairs, and from downstairs to upstairs, using the amplifiers of my rummage-sale radios. At that time my sister Joan, who was nine years younger than I was, must have been about two or three, and there was a guy on the radio called Uncle Don that she liked to listen to. He'd sing little songs about &quot;good children,&quot; and so on, and he'd read cards sent in by parents telling that &quot;Mary So-and-so is having a birthday this Saturday at 25 Flatbush Avenue.&quot;<br /> <br /> One day my cousin Francis and I sat Joan down and said that there was a special program she should listen to. Then we ran upstairs and we started to broadcast: &quot;This is Uncle Don. We know a very nice little girl named Joan who lives on New Broadway; she's got a birthday coming--not today, but such-and-such. She's a cute girl.&quot; We sang a little song, and then we made music: &quot;Deedle leet deet, doodle doodle loot doot; deedle deedle leet, doodle loot doot doo We went through the whole deal, and then we came downstairs: &quot;How was it? Did you like the program?&quot;<br /> <br /> &quot;It was good,&quot; she said, &quot;but why did you make the music with your mouth?&quot;<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | [http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20C.mp3 Download] ||&lt;html5media&gt;http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20C.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> |}<br /> <br /> == Part D ==<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> |<br /> One day I got a telephone call: &quot;Mister, are you Richard Feynman ?&quot;<br /> <br /> &quot;Yes.&quot;<br /> <br /> &quot;This is a hotel. We have a radio that doesn't work, and would like it repaired. We understand you might be able to do something about it.&quot;<br /> <br /> &quot;But I'm only a little boy,&quot; I said. &quot;I don't know how--&quot;<br /> <br /> &quot;Yes, we know that, but we'd like you to come over anyway.&quot;<br /> <br /> It was a hotel that my aunt was running, but I didn't know that. I went over there with--they still tell the story--a big screwdriver in my back pocket. Well, I was small, so any screwdriver looked big in my back pocket.<br /> <br /> I went up to the radio and tried to fix it. I didn't know anything about it, but there was also a handyman at the hotel, and either he noticed, or I noticed, a loose knob on the rheostat --to turn up the volume--so that it wasn't turning the shaft. He went off and filed something, and fixed it up so it worked.<br /> <br /> The next radio I tried to fix didn't work at all. That was easy: it wasn't plugged in right. As the repair jobs got more and more complicated, I got better and better, and more elaborate. I bought myself a milliammeter in New York and converted it into a voltmeter that had different scales on it by using the right lengths (which I calculated) of very fine copper wire. It wasn't very accurate, but it was good enough to tell whether things were in the right ballpark at different connections in those radio sets.<br /> <br /> The main reason people hired me was the Depression. They didn't have any money to fix their radios, and they'd hear about this kid who would do it for less. So I'd climb on roofs to fix antennas, and all kinds of stuff. I got a series of lessons of ever-increasing difficulty. Ultimately I got some job like converting a DC set into an AC set, and it was very hard to keep the hum from going through the system, and I didn't build it quite right. I shouldn't have bitten that one off, but I didn't know.<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | [http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20D.mp3 Download] ||&lt;html5media&gt;http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20D.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt; <br /> |}<br /> <br /> == Part E ==<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> |<br /> One job was really sensational. I was working at the time for a printer, and a man who knew that printer knew I was trying to get jobs fixing radios, so he sent a fellow around to the print shop to pick me up. The guy is obviously poor--his car is a complete wreck--and we go to his house which is in a cheap part of town. On the way, I say, &quot;What's the trouble with the radio?&quot;<br /> <br /> He says, &quot;When I turn it on it makes a noise, and after a while the noise stops and everything's all right, but I don't like the noise at the beginning.&quot;<br /> <br /> I think to myself: &quot;What the hell! If he hasn't got any money, you'd think he could stand a little noise for a while.&quot;<br /> <br /> And all the time, on the way to his house, he's saying things like, &quot;Do you know anything about radios? How do you know about radios--you're just a little boy!&quot;<br /> <br /> He's putting me down the whole way, and I'm thinking, &quot;So what's the matter with him? So it makes a little noise.&quot;<br /> <br /> But when we got there I went over to the radio and turned it on. Little noise? My God! No wonder the poor guy couldn't stand it. The thing began to roar and wobble--WUH BUH BUH BUH BUH--A tremendous amount of noise. Then it quieted down and played correctly. So I started to think:<br /> <br /> &quot;How can that happen?&quot;<br /> <br /> I start walking back and forth, thinking, and I realize that one way it can happen is that the tubes are heating up in the wrong order--that is, the amplifier's all hot, the tubes are ready to go, and there's nothing feeding in, or there's some back circuit feeding in, or something wrong in the beginning part --the HF part--and therefore it's making a lot of noise, picking up something. And when the RF circuit's finally going, and the grid voltages are adjusted, everything's all right.<br /> <br /> So the guy says, &quot;What are you doing? You come to fix the radio, but you're only walking back and forth!&quot;<br /> <br /> I say, &quot;I'm thinking!&quot; Then I said to myself, &quot;All right, take the tubes out, and reverse the order completely in the set.&quot; (Many radio sets in those days used the same tubes in different places--212's, I think they were, or 212-A's.) So I changed the tubes around, stepped to the front of the radio, turned the thing on, and it's as quiet as a lamb: it waits until it heats up, and then plays perfectly --no noise.<br /> <br /> When a person has been negative to you, and then you do something like that, they're usually a hundred percent the other way, kind of to<br /> compensate. He got me other jobs, and kept telling everybody what a tremendous genius I was, saying, &quot;He fixes radios by thinking!&quot; The whole idea of thinking, to fix a radio --a little boy stops and thinks, and figures out how to do it--he never thought that was possible.<br /> Radio circuits were much easier to understand in those days because everything was out in the open. After you took the set apart (it was a big problem to find the right screws), you could see this was a resistor, that's a condenser, here's a this, there's a that; they were all labeled. And if wax had been dripping from the condenser, it was too hot and you could tell that the condenser was burned out. If there was charcoal on one of the resistors you knew where the trouble was. Or, if you couldn't tell what was the matter by looking at it, you'd test it with your voltmeter and see whether voltage was coming through. The sets were simple, the circuits were not complicated. The voltage on the grids was always about one and a half or two volts and the voltages on the plates were one hundred or two hundred, DC. So it wasn't hard for me to fix a radio by understanding what was going on inside, noticing that something wasn't working right, and fixing it.<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | [http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20E.mp3 Download] ||&lt;html5media&gt;http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20E.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt; <br /> |}<br /> <br /> == Part F == <br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> |<br /> Sometimes it took quite a while. I remember one particular time when it took the whole afternoon to find a burned-out resistor that was not apparent. That particular time it happened to be a friend of my mother, so I had time-there was nobody on my back saying, &quot;What are you doing?&quot;<br /> <br /> Instead, they were saying, &quot;Would you like a little milk, or some cake?&quot; I finally fixed it because I had, and still have, persistence. Once I get on a puzzle, I can't get off. If my mother's friend had said, &quot;Never mind, it's too much work,&quot; I'd have blown my top, because I want to beat this damn thing, as long as I've gone this far. I can't just leave it after I've found out so much about it. I have to keep going to find out ultimately what is the matter with it in the end.<br /> <br /> That's a puzzle drive. It's what accounts for my wanting to decipher Mayan hieroglyphics, for trying to open safes. I remember in high school, during first period a guy would come to me with a puzzle in geometry, or something which had been assigned in his advanced math class. I wouldn't stop until I figured the damn thing out--it would take me fifteen or twenty minutes. But during the day, other guys would come to me with the same problem, and I'd do it for them in a flash. So for one guy, to do it took me twenty minutes, while there were five guys who thought I was a supergenius.<br /> <br /> So I got a fancy reputation. During high school every puzzle that was known to man must have come to me. Every damn, crazy conundrum that people had invented, I knew. So when I got to MIT there was a dance, and one of the seniors had his girlfriend there, and she knew a lot of puzzles, and he was telling her that I was pretty good at them. So during the dance she came over to me and said, &quot;They say you're a smart guy, so here's one for you: A man has eight cords of wood to chop . . .&quot;<br /> <br /> And I said, &quot;He starts by chopping every other one in three parts,&quot; because I had heard that one. <br /> <br /> Then she'd go away and come back with another one, and I'd always know it.<br /> <br /> This went on for quite a while, and finally, near the end of the dance, she came over, looking as if she was going to get me for sure this time, and she said, &quot;A mother and daughter are traveling to Europe . . .&quot;<br /> <br /> &quot;The daughter got the bubonic plague.&quot;<br /> <br /> She collapsed! That was hardly enough clues to get the answer to that one: It was the long story about how a mother and daughter stop at a hotel and stay in separate rooms, and the next day the mother goes to the daughter's room and there's nobody there, or somebody else is there, and she says, &quot;Where's my daughter?&quot; and the hotel keeper says, &quot;What daughter?&quot; and the register's got only the mother's name, and so on, and so on, and there's a big mystery as to what happened. The answer is, the daughter got bubonic plague, and the hotel, not wanting to have to close up, spirits the daughter away, cleans up the room, and erases all evidence of her having been there. It was a long tale, but I had heard it, so when the girl started out with, &quot;A mother and daughter are traveling to Europe,&quot; I knew one thing that started that way, so I took a flying guess, and got it.<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | [http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20F.mp3 Download] ||&lt;html5media&gt;http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20F.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> |}<br /> <br /> == Part G ==<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> |<br /> We had a thing at high school called the algebra team, which consisted of five kids, and we would travel to different schools as a team and have competitions. We would sit in one row of seats and the other team would sit in another row. A teacher, who was running the contest, would take out an envelope, and on the envelope it says &quot;forty-five seconds.&quot; She opens it up, writes the problem on the blackboard, and says, &quot;Go!&quot;--so you really have more than forty-five seconds because while she's writing you can think. Now the game was this: You have a piece of paper, and on it you can write anything, you can do anything. The only thing that counted was the answer. If the answer was &quot;six books,&quot; you'd have to write &quot;6,&quot; and put a big circle around it. If what was in the circle was right, you won; if it wasn't, you lost.<br /> <br /> One thing was for sure: It was practically impossible to do the problem in any conventional, straightforward way, like putting &quot;A is the number of red books, B is the number of blue books,&quot; grind, grind, grind, until you get &quot;six books.&quot; That would take you fifty seconds, because the people who set up the timings on these problems had made them all a trifle short. So you had to think, &quot;Is there a way to see it?&quot; Sometimes you could see it in a flash, and sometimes you'd have to invent another way to do it and then do the algebra as fast as you could. It was wonderful practice, and I got better and better, and I eventually got to be the head of the team. So I learned to do algebra very quickly, and it came in handy in college. When we had a problem in calculus, I was very quick to see where it was going and to do the algebra--fast. <br /> <br /> Another thing I did in high school was to invent problems and theorems. I mean, if I were doing any mathematical thing at all, I would find some practical example for which it would be useful. I invented a set of right-triangle problems. But instead of giving the lengths of two of the sides to find the third, I gave the difference of the two sides. A typical example was: There's a flagpole, and there's a rope that comes down from the top. When you hold the rope straight down, it's three feet longer than the pole, and when you pull the rope out tight, it's five feet from the base of the pole. How high is the pole?<br /> <br /> I developed some equations for solving problems like that, and as a result I noticed some connection--perhaps it was sin2 + cos2 = 1--that reminded me of trigonometry. Now, a few years earlier, perhaps when I was eleven or twelve, I had read a book on trigonometry that I had checked out from the library, but the book was by now long gone. I remembered only that trigonometry had something to do with relations between sines and cosines. So I began to work out all the relations by drawing triangles, and each one I proved by myself. I also calculated the sine, cosine, and tangent of every five degrees, starting with the sine of five degrees as given, by addition and half-angle formulas that I had worked out.<br /> <br /> A few years later, when we studied trigonometry in school, I still had my notes and I saw that my demonstrations were often different from those in the book. Sometimes, for a thing where I didn't notice a simple way to do it, I went all over the place till I got it. Other times, my way was most clever--the standard demonstration in the book was much more complicated! So sometimes I had 'em beat, and sometimes it was the other way around.<br /> <br /> While I was doing all this trigonometry, I didn't like the symbols for sine, cosine, tangent, and so on. To me, &quot;sin f&quot; looked like s times i times n times f! So I invented another symbol, like a square root sign, that was a sigma with a long arm sticking out of it, and I put the f underneath. For the tangent it was a tau with the top of the tau extended, and for the cosine I made a kind of gamma, but it looked a little bit like the square root sign.<br /> <br /> Now the inverse sine was the same sigma, but left -to-right reflected so that it started with the horizontal line with the value underneath, and then the sigma. That was the inverse sine, NOT sine to the negative one f--that was crazy! They had that in books! To me, sin_i meant i/sine, the reciprocal. So my symbols were better.<br /> <br /> I didn't like f(x)--that looked to me like f times x. I also didn't like dy/dx--you have a tendency to cancel the d's--so I made a different sign, something like an &amp; sign. For logarithms it was a big L extended to the right, with the thing you take the log of inside, and so on. <br /> <br /> I thought my symbols were just as good, if not better, than the regular symbols--it doesn't make any difference what symbols you use--but I discovered later that it does make a difference. Once when I was explaining something to another kid in high school, without thinking I started to make these symbols, and he said, &quot;What the hell are those?&quot; I realized then that if I'm going to talk to anybody else, I'll have to use the standard symbols, so I eventually gave up my own symbols.<br /> <br /> I had also invented a set of symbols for the typewriter, like FORTRAN has to do, so I could type equations. I also fixed typewriters, with paper clips and rubber bands (the rubber bands didn't break down like they do here in Los Angeles), but I wasn't a professional repairman; I'd just fix them so they would work. But the whole problem of discovering what was the matter, and figuring out what you have to do to fix it--that was interesting to me, like a puzzle.<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | [http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20G.mp3 Download] ||&lt;html5media&gt;http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20G.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> |}<br /> <br /> <br /> [[Category:Awaiting review]]<br /> <br /> <br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Core]]</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:He_Fixes_Radios_by_Thinking!&diff=9189 2021-11-04T11:50:29Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>= Instructions =<br /> <br /> ===Reading comprehension===<br /> <br /> :::The first thing you should do is read the passage. Look up the words you don't know in [http://www.dictionary.com/ www.dictionary.com]<br /> <br /> ===Reading aloud===<br /> <br /> :::Once you understand the text, read it aloud to your teacher once. Write down the words you have difficulty pronouncing. <br /> <br /> ===Listening===<br /> <br /> :::After reading it once and writing down the words you have difficulty with, it's time for you to listen to the recording and pay attention to the correct pronunciation.<br /> <br /> ===Practicing===<br /> <br /> :::Now, read the text again as many times as necessary until it becomes easy for you to read it. The goal is to attain fluency in reading this specific text before you move on to a new one. You may find it useful to download the audio file into your mp3 player and listen to it outside of the classroom. This exercise may take several classes to be finished, but the goal is not to finish it quickly, but to master it completely.<br /> <br /> == Part A == <br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> |<br /> When I was about eleven or twelve I set up a lab in my house. It consisted of an old wooden packing box that I put shelves in. I had a heater, and I'd put in fat and cook french-fried potatoes all the time. I also had a storage battery, and a lamp bank.<br /> <br /> To build the lamp bank I went down to the five-and-ten and got some sockets you can screw down to a wooden base, and connected them with<br /> pieces of bell wire. By making different combinations of switches--in series or parallel--I knew I could get different voltages. But what I hadn't realized was that a bulb's resistance depends on its temperature, so the results of my calculations weren't the same as the stuff that came out of the circuit. But it was all right, and when the bulbs were in series, all half-lit, they would gloooooooooow, very pretty--it was great!<br /> <br /> I had a fuse in the system so if I shorted anything, the fuse would blow. Now I had to have a fuse that was weaker than the fuse in the house, so I made my own fuses by taking tin foil and wrapping it around an old burnt-out fuse. Across my fuse I had a five-watt bulb, so when my fuse blew, the load from the trickle charger that was always charging the storage battery would light up the bulb. The bulb was on the switchboard behind a piece of brown candy paper (it looks red when a light's behind it)--so if something went off, I'd look up to the switchboard and there would be a big red spot where the fuse went. It was fun!<br /> <br /> I enjoyed radios. I started with a crystal set that I bought at the store, and I used to listen to it at night in bed while I was going to sleep, through a pair of earphones. When my mother and father went out until late at night, they would come into my room and take the earphones off--and worry about what was going into my head while I was asleep.<br /> <br /> About that time I invented a burglar alarm, which was a very simple-minded thing: it was just a big battery and a bell connected with some wire.<br /> <br /> When the door to my room opened, it pushed the wire against the battery and closed the circuit, and the bell would go off.<br /> One night my mother and father came home from a night out and very, very quietly, so as not to disturb the child, opened the door to come into my room to take my earphones off. All of a sudden this tremendous bell went off with a helluva racket --BONG BONG BONG BONG BONG!!! I jumped out of bed yelling, &quot;It worked! It worked!&quot;<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | [http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20A.mp3 Download] ||&lt;html5media&gt;http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20A.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> |}<br /> <br /> == Part B ==<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> |<br /> I had a Ford coil--a spark coil from an automobile--and I had the spark terminals at the top of my switchboard. I would put a Raytheon RH tube, which had argon gas in it, across the terminals, and the spark would make a purple glow inside the vacuum--it was just great!<br /> One day I was playing with the Ford coil, punching holes in paper with the sparks, and the paper caught on fire. Soon I couldn't hold it any more because it was burning near my fingers, so I dropped it in a metal wastebasket which had a lot of newspapers in it. Newspapers burn fast, you know, and the flame looked pretty big inside the room. I shut the door so my mother--who was playing bridge with some friends in the living room--wouldn't find out there was a fire in my room, took a magazine that was lying nearby, and put it over the wastebasket to smother the fire.<br /> <br /> After the fire was out I took the magazine off, but now the room began to fill up with smoke. The wastebasket was still too hot to handle, so I got a pair of pliers, carried it across the room, and held it out the window for the smoke to blow out.<br /> But because it was breezy outside, the wind lit the fire again, and now the magazine was out of reach. So I pulled the flaming wastebasket back in through the window to get the magazine, and I noticed there were curtains in the window--it was very dangerous!<br /> <br /> Well, I got the magazine, put the fire out again, and this time kept the magazine with me while I shook the glowing coals out of the wastepaper basket onto the street, two or three floors below. Then I went out of my room, closed the door behind me, and said to my mother, &quot;I'm going out to play,&quot; and the smoke went out slowly through the windows.<br /> <br /> I also did some things with electric motors and built an amplifier for a photo cell that I bought that could make a bell ring when I put my hand in front of the cell. I didn't get to do as much as I wanted to, because my mother kept putting me out all the time, to play. But I was often in the house, fiddling with my lab.<br /> <br /> I bought radios at rummage sales. I didn't have any money, but it wasn't very expensive-they were old, broken radios, and I'd buy them and try to fix them. Usually they were broken in some simple-minded way--some obvious wire was hanging loose, or a coil was broken or partly unwound--so I could get some of them going. On one of these radios one night I got WACO in Waco, Texas--it was tremendously exciting!<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | [http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20B.mp3 Download] ||&lt;html5media&gt;http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20B.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt; <br /> |}<br /> <br /> == Part C ==<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> |<br /> On this same tube radio up in my lab I was able to hear a station up in Schenectady called WGN. Now, all of us kids-- my two cousins, my sister, and the neighborhood kids--listened on the radio downstairs to a program called the Eno Crime Club--Eno effervescent salts--it was the thing! Well, I discovered that I could hear this program up in my lab on WGN one hour before it was broadcast in New York! So I'd discover what was going to happen, and then, when we were all sitting around the radio downstairs listening to the Eno Crime Club, I'd say, &quot;You know, we haven't heard from so-and-so in a long time. I betcha he comes and saves the situation.&quot; <br /> <br /> Two seconds later, bup-bup, he comes! So they all got excited about this, and I predicted a couple of other things. Then they realized that there must be some trick to it--that I must know, somehow. So I owned up to what it was, that I could hear it upstairs the hour before.<br /> <br /> You know what the result was, naturally. Now they couldn't wait for the regular hour, They all had to sit upstairs in my lab with this little creaky radio for half an hour, listening to the Eno Crime Club from Schenectady.<br /> <br /> We lived at that time in a big house; it was left by my grandfather to his children, and they didn't have much money aside from the house. It was a very large, wooden house, and I would run wires all around the outside, and had plugs in all the rooms, so I could always listen to my radios, which were upstairs in my lab. I also had a loudspeaker--not the whole speaker, but the part without the big horn on it.<br /> <br /> One day, when I had my earphones on, I connected them to the loudspeaker, and I discovered something: I put my finger in the speaker and I could hear it in the earphones; I scratched the speaker and I'd hear it in the earphones. So I discovered that the speaker could act like a microphone, and you didn't even need any batteries. At school we were talking about Alexander Graham Bell, so I gave a demonstration of the speaker and the earphones. I didn't know it at the time, but I think it was the type of telephone he originally used.<br /> <br /> So now I had a microphone, and I could broadcast from upstairs to downstairs, and from downstairs to upstairs, using the amplifiers of my rummage-sale radios. At that time my sister Joan, who was nine years younger than I was, must have been about two or three, and there was a guy on the radio called Uncle Don that she liked to listen to. He'd sing little songs about &quot;good children,&quot; and so on, and he'd read cards sent in by parents telling that &quot;Mary So-and-so is having a birthday this Saturday at 25 Flatbush Avenue.&quot;<br /> <br /> One day my cousin Francis and I sat Joan down and said that there was a special program she should listen to. Then we ran upstairs and we started to broadcast: &quot;This is Uncle Don. We know a very nice little girl named Joan who lives on New Broadway; she's got a birthday coming--not today, but such-and-such. She's a cute girl.&quot; We sang a little song, and then we made music: &quot;Deedle leet deet, doodle doodle loot doot; deedle deedle leet, doodle loot doot doo We went through the whole deal, and then we came downstairs: &quot;How was it? Did you like the program?&quot;<br /> <br /> &quot;It was good,&quot; she said, &quot;but why did you make the music with your mouth?&quot;<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | [http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20C.mp3 Download] ||&lt;html5media&gt;http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20C.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> |}<br /> <br /> == Part D ==<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> |<br /> One day I got a telephone call: &quot;Mister, are you Richard Feynman ?&quot;<br /> <br /> &quot;Yes.&quot;<br /> <br /> &quot;This is a hotel. We have a radio that doesn't work, and would like it repaired. We understand you might be able to do something about it.&quot;<br /> <br /> &quot;But I'm only a little boy,&quot; I said. &quot;I don't know how--&quot;<br /> <br /> &quot;Yes, we know that, but we'd like you to come over anyway.&quot;<br /> <br /> It was a hotel that my aunt was running, but I didn't know that. I went over there with--they still tell the story--a big screwdriver in my back pocket. Well, I was small, so any screwdriver looked big in my back pocket.<br /> <br /> I went up to the radio and tried to fix it. I didn't know anything about it, but there was also a handyman at the hotel, and either he noticed, or I noticed, a loose knob on the rheostat --to turn up the volume--so that it wasn't turning the shaft. He went off and filed something, and fixed it up so it worked.<br /> <br /> The next radio I tried to fix didn't work at all. That was easy: it wasn't plugged in right. As the repair jobs got more and more complicated, I got better and better, and more elaborate. I bought myself a milliammeter in New York and converted it into a voltmeter that had different scales on it by using the right lengths (which I calculated) of very fine copper wire. It wasn't very accurate, but it was good enough to tell whether things were in the right ballpark at different connections in those radio sets.<br /> <br /> The main reason people hired me was the Depression. They didn't have any money to fix their radios, and they'd hear about this kid who would do it for less. So I'd climb on roofs to fix antennas, and all kinds of stuff. I got a series of lessons of ever-increasing difficulty. Ultimately I got some job like converting a DC set into an AC set, and it was very hard to keep the hum from going through the system, and I didn't build it quite right. I shouldn't have bitten that one off, but I didn't know.<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | [http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20D.mp3 Download] ||&lt;html5media&gt;http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20D.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt; <br /> |}<br /> <br /> == Part E ==<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> |<br /> One job was really sensational. I was working at the time for a printer, and a man who knew that printer knew I was trying to get jobs fixing radios, so he sent a fellow around to the print shop to pick me up. The guy is obviously poor--his car is a complete wreck--and we go to his house which is in a cheap part of town. On the way, I say, &quot;What's the trouble with the radio?&quot;<br /> <br /> He says, &quot;When I turn it on it makes a noise, and after a while the noise stops and everything's all right, but I don't like the noise at the beginning.&quot;<br /> <br /> I think to myself: &quot;What the hell! If he hasn't got any money, you'd think he could stand a little noise for a while.&quot;<br /> <br /> And all the time, on the way to his house, he's saying things like, &quot;Do you know anything about radios? How do you know about radios--you're just a little boy!&quot;<br /> <br /> He's putting me down the whole way, and I'm thinking, &quot;So what's the matter with him? So it makes a little noise.&quot;<br /> <br /> But when we got there I went over to the radio and turned it on. Little noise? My God! No wonder the poor guy couldn't stand it. The thing began to roar and wobble--WUH BUH BUH BUH BUH--A tremendous amount of noise. Then it quieted down and played correctly. So I started to think:<br /> <br /> &quot;How can that happen?&quot;<br /> <br /> I start walking back and forth, thinking, and I realize that one way it can happen is that the tubes are heating up in the wrong order--that is, the amplifier's all hot, the tubes are ready to go, and there's nothing feeding in, or there's some back circuit feeding in, or something wrong in the beginning part --the HF part--and therefore it's making a lot of noise, picking up something. And when the RF circuit's finally going, and the grid voltages are adjusted, everything's all right.<br /> <br /> So the guy says, &quot;What are you doing? You come to fix the radio, but you're only walking back and forth!&quot;<br /> <br /> I say, &quot;I'm thinking!&quot; Then I said to myself, &quot;All right, take the tubes out, and reverse the order completely in the set.&quot; (Many radio sets in those days used the same tubes in different places--212's, I think they were, or 212-A's.) So I changed the tubes around, stepped to the front of the radio, turned the thing on, and it's as quiet as a lamb: it waits until it heats up, and then plays perfectly --no noise.<br /> <br /> When a person has been negative to you, and then you do something like that, they're usually a hundred percent the other way, kind of to<br /> compensate. He got me other jobs, and kept telling everybody what a tremendous genius I was, saying, &quot;He fixes radios by thinking!&quot; The whole idea of thinking, to fix a radio --a little boy stops and thinks, and figures out how to do it--he never thought that was possible.<br /> Radio circuits were much easier to understand in those days because everything was out in the open. After you took the set apart (it was a big problem to find the right screws), you could see this was a resistor, that's a condenser, here's a this, there's a that; they were all labeled. And if wax had been dripping from the condenser, it was too hot and you could tell that the condenser was burned out. If there was charcoal on one of the resistors you knew where the trouble was. Or, if you couldn't tell what was the matter by looking at it, you'd test it with your voltmeter and see whether voltage was coming through. The sets were simple, the circuits were not complicated. The voltage on the grids was always about one and a half or two volts and the voltages on the plates were one hundred or two hundred, DC. So it wasn't hard for me to fix a radio by understanding what was going on inside, noticing that something wasn't working right, and fixing it.<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | [http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20E.mp3 Download] ||&lt;html5media&gt;http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20E.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt; <br /> |}<br /> <br /> == Part F == <br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> |<br /> Sometimes it took quite a while. I remember one particular time when it took the whole afternoon to find a burned-out resistor that was not apparent. That particular time it happened to be a friend of my mother, so I had time-there was nobody on my back saying, &quot;What are you doing?&quot;<br /> <br /> Instead, they were saying, &quot;Would you like a little milk, or some cake?&quot; I finally fixed it because I had, and still have, persistence. Once I get on a puzzle, I can't get off. If my mother's friend had said, &quot;Never mind, it's too much work,&quot; I'd have blown my top, because I want to beat this damn thing, as long as I've gone this far. I can't just leave it after I've found out so much about it. I have to keep going to find out ult imately what is the matter with it in the end.<br /> <br /> That's a puzzle drive. It's what accounts for my wanting to decipher Mayan hieroglyphics, for trying to open safes. I remember in high school, during first period a guy would come to me with a puzzle in geomet ry, or something which had been assigned in his advanced math class. I wouldn't stop until I figured the damn thing out--it would take me fifteen or twenty minutes. But during the day, other guys would come to me with the same problem, and I'd do it for them in a flash. So for one guy, to do it took me twenty minutes, while there were five guys who thought I was a supergenius.<br /> <br /> So I got a fancy reputation. During high school every puzzle that was known to man must have come to me. Every damn, crazy conundrum that<br /> people had invented, I knew. So when I got to MIT there was a dance, and one of the seniors had his girlfriend there, and she knew a lot of puzzles, and he was telling her that I was pretty good at them. So during the dance she came over to me and said, &quot;They say you're a smart guy, so here's one for you: A man has eight cords of wood to chop . . .&quot;<br /> <br /> And I said, &quot;He starts by chopping every other one in three parts,&quot; because I had heard that one. <br /> <br /> Then she'd go away and come back with another one, and I'd always know it.<br /> <br /> This went on for quite a while, and finally, near the end of the dance, she came over, looking as if she was going to get me for sure this time, and she said, &quot;A mother and daughter are traveling to Europe . . .&quot;<br /> <br /> &quot;The daughter got the bubonic plague.&quot;<br /> <br /> She collapsed! That was hardly enough clues to get the answer to that one: It was the long story about how a mother and daughter stop at a hotel and stay in separate rooms, and the next day the mother goes to the daughter's room and there's nobody there, or somebody else is there, and she says, &quot;Where's my daughter?&quot; and the hotel keeper says, &quot;What daughter?&quot; and the register's got only the mother's name, and so on, and so on, and there's a big mystery as to what happened. The answer is, the daughter got bubonic plague, and the hotel, not wanting to have to close up, spirits the daughter away, cleans up the room, and erases all evidence of her having been there. It was a long tale, but I had heard it, so when the girl started out with, &quot;A mother and daughter are traveling to Europe,&quot; I knew one thing that started that way, so I took a flying guess, and got it.<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | [http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20F.mp3 Download] ||&lt;html5media&gt;http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20F.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> |}<br /> <br /> == Part G ==<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> |<br /> We had a thing at high school called the algebra team, which consisted of five kids, and we would travel to different schools as a team and have competitions. We would sit in one row of seats and the other team would sit in another row. A teacher, who was running the contest, would take out an envelope, and on the envelope it says &quot;forty-five seconds.&quot; She opens it up, writes the problem on the blackboard, and says, &quot;Go!&quot;--so you really have more than forty-five seconds because while she's writing you can think. Now the game was this: You have a piece of paper, and on it you can write anything, you can do anything. The only thing that counted was the answer. If the answer was &quot;six books,&quot; you'd have to write &quot;6,&quot; and put a big circle around it. If what was in the circle was right, you won; if it wasn't, you lost.<br /> <br /> One thing was for sure: It was practically impossible to do the problem in any conventional, straightforward way, like putting &quot;A is the number of red books, B is the number of blue books,&quot; grind, grind, grind, until you get &quot;six books.&quot; That would take you fifty seconds, because the people who set up the timings on these problems had made them all a trifle short. So you had to think, &quot;Is there a way to see it?&quot; Sometimes you could see it in a flash, and sometimes you'd have to invent another way to do it and then do the algebra as fast as you could. It was wonderful practice, and I got better and better, and I eventually got to be the head of the team. So I learned to do algebra very quickly, and it came in handy in college. When we had a problem in calculus, I was very quick to see where it was going and to do the algebra--fast. <br /> <br /> Another thing I did in high school was to invent problems and theorems. I mean, if I were doing any mathematical thing at all, I would find some practical example for which it would be useful. I invented a set of right-triangle problems. But instead of giving the lengths of two of the sides to find the third, I gave the difference of the two sides. A typical example was: There's a flagpole, and there's a rope that comes down from the top. When you hold the rope straight down, it's three feet longer than the pole, and when you pull the rope out tight, it's five feet from the base of the pole. How high is the pole?<br /> <br /> I developed some equations for solving problems like that, and as a result I noticed some connection--perhaps it was sin2 + cos2 = 1--that reminded me of trigonometry. Now, a few years earlier, perhaps when I was eleven or twelve, I had read a book on trigonometry that I had checked out from the library, but the book was by now long gone. I remembered only that trigonometry had something to do with relations between sines and cosines. So I began to work out all the relations by drawing triangles, and each one I proved by myself. I also calculated the sine, cosine, and tangent of every five degrees, starting with the sine of five degrees as given, by addition and half-angle formulas that I had worked out.<br /> <br /> A few years later, when we studied trigonometry in school, I still had my notes and I saw that my demonstrations were often different from those in the book. Sometimes, for a thing where I didn't notice a simple way to do it, I went all over the place till I got it. Other times, my way was most clever--the standard demonstration in the book was much more complicated! So sometimes I had 'em beat, and sometimes it was the other way around.<br /> <br /> While I was doing all this trigonometry, I didn't like the symbols for sine, cosine, tangent, and so on. To me, &quot;sin f&quot; looked like s times i times n times f! So I invented another symbol, like a square root sign, that was a sigma with a long arm sticking out of it, and I put the f underneath. For the tangent it was a tau with the top of the tau extended, and for the cosine I made a kind of gamma, but it looked a little bit like the square root sign.<br /> <br /> Now the inverse sine was the same sigma, but left -to-right reflected so that it started with the horizontal line with the value underneath, and then the sigma. That was the inverse sine, NOT sine to the negative one f--that was crazy! They had that in books! To me, sin_i meant i/sine, the reciprocal. So my symbols were better.<br /> <br /> I didn't like f(x)--that looked to me like f times x. I also didn't like dy/dx--you have a tendency to cancel the d's--so I made a different sign, something like an &amp; sign. For logarithms it was a big L extended to the right, with the thing you take the log of inside, and so on. <br /> <br /> I thought my symbols were just as good, if not better, than the regular symbols--it doesn't make any difference what symbols you use--but I discovered later that it does make a difference. Once when I was explaining something to another kid in high school, without thinking I started to make these symbols, and he said, &quot;What the hell are those?&quot; I realized then that if I'm going to talk to anybody else, I'll have to use the standard symbols, so I eventually gave up my own symbols.<br /> <br /> I had also invented a set of symbols for the typewriter, like FORTRAN has to do, so I could type equations. I also fixed typewriters, with paper clips and rubber bands (the rubber bands didn't break down like they do here in Los Angeles), but I wasn't a professional repairman; I'd just fix them so they would work. But the whole problem of discovering what was the matter, and figuring out what you have to do to fix it--that was interesting to me, like a puzzle.<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | [http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20G.mp3 Download] ||&lt;html5media&gt;http://metodo.thegrove.com.br/mp3/surely/He%20Fixes%20Radios%20by%20Thinking!%20-%20Part%20G.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> |}<br /> <br /> <br /> [[Category:Awaiting review]]<br /> <br /> <br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Core]]</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/CP47&diff=9188 2021-08-24T19:58:21Z

<p>Gustavo: /* 1. Complete with may, might or can: */</p> <hr /> <div>===1. Complete with '''may''', '''might''' or '''can''':===<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> * '''can''' means capable of doing (ability)<br /> * '''may''' is used to ask permission - or - to say there is a possibility<br /> * '''might''' is used to say there is a possibility<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> # I _______ speak French well.<br /> # _______ I help you?<br /> # The Queen _______ visit tomorrow.<br /> # _______ I close the door?<br /> # I _______ go on holiday to Spain.<br /> # I _______ drive.<br /> # _______ I eat the last apple?<br /> # I _______ run faster than my brother.<br /> # I _______ eat steak tonight.<br /> # I _______ live to be more than a hundred years old.<br /> # I _______ swim.<br /> # My mother _______ call me today.<br /> # I _______ win the lottery this weekend.<br /> <br /> ===2. Write the verbs in the present and past tense and then write sentences using the verbs===<br /> <br /> #[[File:Boy driving.jpg|200px|Boy driving]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> #[[File:Sing.jpg|200px|Sing]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> #[[File:Francisco Ibáñez.jpg|200px|Francisco Ibáñez]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> #[[File:People sleeping in a train.jpg|200px|People sleeping in a train]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> #[[File:Felipe Kast Encuentro con alumnos Ing Comercial, PUC.jpg|200px|Felipe Kast Encuentro con alumnos Ing Comercial, PUC]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ===3. Rewrite the sentences with the right answer:===<br /> <br /> # They dance samba ____________ .<br /> #*beautifully<br /> #*beautiful<br /> #She planned their trip to Greece very ____________ .<br /> #*carefully<br /> #*careful<br /> #Jim painted the kitchen very ____________ .<br /> #*badly<br /> #*bad<br /> #She speaks very ____________ .<br /> #*quietly<br /> #*quiet<br /> #Turn the stereo down. It's too ____________ .<br /> #*loud<br /> #*loudly<br /> #He drives too ____________ .<br /> #*fast<br /> #*well<br /> #She knows the road ____________ .<br /> #*good<br /> #*well<br /> #He plays the guitar ____________ .<br /> #*terribly<br /> #*terrbile<br /> #We're going camping tomorrow so we have to get up ____________ .<br /> #*soon<br /> #*early<br /> #Andy doesn't work ____________ .<br /> #*hardly<br /> #*hard<br /> #Sometimes our teacher arrives ____________ for class.<br /> #*lately<br /> #*late<br /> <br /> ===4.Based on Cindy's schedule below, answer the questions:===<br /> <br /> '''Cindy's schedule''':<br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot;<br /> | '''Time''' || '''Monday''' || '''Tuesday''' || '''Wednesday''' || '''Thursday''' || '''Friday''' || '''Saturday''' || '''Sunday'''<br /> |-<br /> | '''Morning''' || doctor's appointment || meet with the boss || return library books || attend conference || go to gym || clean the apartment || visit grandmother<br /> |-<br /> | '''Afternoon''' || buy groceries for the week || go to gym || go to gym || attend conference || buy food for the party || cook, prepare for the party || take nephew to the zoo <br /> |-<br /> | '''Evening''' || movie with Kyle || do work reports || dinner with girlfriends || do the ironing || dinner with parents || party || relax at home<br /> |}<br /> <br /> <br /> #When is Cindy going to see the doctor?<br /> #How many times is Cindy going to the gym next week?<br /> #Do you think Cindy is an athletic person? Why?<br /> #When is Cindy going to have a party?<br /> #Is Cindy worried about her party? Why?<br /> #Who is Cindy going to the movies with?<br /> #When is Cindy going to have dinner with her parents?<br /> #What is Cindy going to do on Saturday before her party?<br /> #What is Cindy going to do during the day on Thursday?<br /> #How many times is Cindy going to be at the grocery store next week?<br /> <br /> ===5. Fill in each blank space with the proper article: '''a''', '''an''', or '''the'''. ===<br /> <br /> <br /> :I went to _______ airport at 9:00 a.m. yesterday. I had to catch _______ flight to NYC. The lines at _______ airport were very long, so I had to wait _______ long time. Once _______ plane took off I tried to get some sleep but I couldn't. Then, I ate _______ pretty good meal, _______ rare occurrence on airplanes! Later, I spoke to one of _______ flight attendants for _______ while. She was pretty. She told me that _______ pilot of _______ airplane was French. I managed to fall asleep for about _______ hour. After I woke up, I felt refreshed. I ordered _______ drink, then another. All in all, it was _______ pretty smooth flight.<br /> <br /> ===6. Audio===<br /> <br /> {{Answers|<br /> #They might offer me this job.<br /> #All I need is a coffee table and a couch for my living room.<br /> #The school supplies cost a lot of money.<br /> #Aren't you going to buy a new pair of jeans for the party?<br /> #Is that girl the one with the long eyelashes?<br /> }}<br /> <br /> ===7. Read the text below and follow the lines:===<br /> <br /> Let's suppose that you invited your friend from another country to visit you. Before leaving, your friend is asking you things about your town. Use the pictures below and your imagination to write a paragraph telling him what there is in your city. Be creative!<br /> <br /> #[[File:Finca España gifs.gif|Finca España gifs]]<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot;&gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/CP48 | Next Lesson]]&lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Tier5R-sidebar}}</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/CP46&diff=9187 2021-08-17T19:58:23Z

<p>Gustavo: /* 2. Change the sentences to the simple past: */</p> <hr /> <div>===1. Answer the questions below:===<br /> <br /> # What could you do when you were a child that you can't now?<br /> # What could you do when you were living in your own country or hometown that you can't now?<br /> # What did you want to do yesterday or last week but you couldn't do? Why couldn't you do it?<br /> # What couldn't you do when you were sick?<br /> # What could you do when you were on vacation?<br /> # What could you buy if you won the lottery?<br /> # Where could you go if you had time tonight?<br /> <br /> ===2. Change the sentences to the simple past:===<br /> <br /> <br /> # He brings his book to school every class.<br /> # She builds a dog house.<br /> # The cook burns food every dinner.<br /> # I will choose the best movie.<br /> # They come here to study English.<br /> # This job will cost a lot!<br /> # John cuts the paper to make the invitation.<br /> # We do exercises in the morning.<br /> # He draws the outline perfectly.<br /> <br /> ===3. Use the correct possessive form of the noun in boldface to complete the sentence:===<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *'''elephant'''<br /> **An '''elephant's''' skin is gray and wrinkled.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> # '''teacher'''&lt;br&gt;My grammar _______ husband is an engineer.<br /> # '''people'''&lt;br&gt; It's important to be sensitive to other _______ feelings.<br /> # '''earth'''&lt;br&gt; The _______ surface is about seventy percent water.<br /> # '''teachers'''&lt;br&gt; We have class in this building, but all of the _______ offices are in another building.<br /> # '''woman'''&lt;br&gt; Kate is a _______ name.<br /> # '''daughter'''&lt;br&gt; We have only one child, a girl. Our _______ bedroom is right next to ours.<br /> # '''person'''&lt;br&gt; I always look straight into a _______ eyes during a conversation.<br /> # '''daughters'''&lt;br&gt; We have two children, both girls. They share a bedroom. Our _______ bedroom is next to ours.<br /> # '''women'''&lt;br&gt;Emily and Janice are _______ names.<br /> <br /> ===4.Write the role parent and teenager.===<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *(be home on time)&lt;br&gt; '''Parent:''' We hope you'll be home on time.<br /> *(break the rules)&lt;br&gt; '''Teenager:''' I promise I won't break the rules.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> # (make a mess)&lt;br&gt;'''Parent:'''&lt;br&gt;(clean up the house)&lt;br&gt;'''Teenager:'''&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # (have a wild party)&lt;br&gt;'''Parent:'''&lt;br&gt;(invite more than two friends over)&lt;br&gt;'''Teenager:'''&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # (stay out late)&lt;br&gt;'''Parent:'''&lt;br&gt;(follow the rules)&lt;br&gt;'''Teenager:'''&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # (lock the doors)&lt;br&gt;'''Parent:'''&lt;br&gt;(open the door to strangers)&lt;br&gt;'''Teenager:'''&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # (drive carefully)&lt;br&gt;'''Parent:'''&lt;br&gt;(drive fast)&lt;br&gt;'''Teenager:'''&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # (do your homework)&lt;br&gt;'''Parent:'''&lt;br&gt;(finish everything tonight)&lt;br&gt;'''Teenager:'''&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ===5. Read the text and answer the questions '''with your own words''':===<br /> <br /> Kimmy's Party<br /> <br /> Kimmy is having a great party tonight. All of her friends were invited. Kimmy is wearing a new green skirt. Her friends all look nice too. Some of them are listening to music and dancing, while others are having conversations. Some people are sitting on the couch and watching TV. It’s a fun party! Rachel is dancing with Peter. They have a lot in common. They both like jazz music and horror movies. In the backyard people are sitting beside the swimming pool. Suddenly Carol falls into the pool. Everyone laughs…even Carol! Now her clothes are wet. Everybody is having a great time. Nobody wants to go home!<br /> <br /> <br /> # What's Kimmy having?<br /> # Who was invited to her party?<br /> # What is Kimmy wearing?<br /> # What are the people doing at her party?<br /> # What happened in the backyard?<br /> # Do you like parties?<br /> # How often do you go to parties?<br /> # Do you throw many parties in your house? How often? (to throw a party = dar uma festa)<br /> # What kind of party do you like the most? Why?<br /> <br /> ===6. Audio===<br /> <br /> {{Answers|<br /> # He couldn't go to the theater last night.<br /> # I built this box with these tools.<br /> # Tina's books are here. <br /> # Will you come here with this weather?<br /> # Does he have time now?<br /> }}<br /> <br /> ===7. Look at the picture and write what you '''could''' do based on the situation given:===<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *'''It's raining!'''&lt;br&gt;[[File:Interno di un sala da cinema.JPG|200px|Interno di un sala da cinema]]<br /> **It's raining. We could go to the movies!<br /> }}<br /> <br /> # It's a lovely day!&lt;br&gt;[[File:Parque Nueva Lloreda.jpg|200px|Parque Nueva Lloreda]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # It's a little sick!&lt;br&gt;[[File:7weeks old.JPG|200px|7weeks old]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # It's messy!&lt;br&gt;[[File:Messy Room.JPG|200px|Messy Room]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # It's broken&lt;br&gt;[[File:Broken Fence on White Hill - geograph.org.uk - 1218674.jpg|200px|Broken Fence on White Hill - geograph.org.uk - 1218674]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # It's late!&lt;br&gt;[[File:Kolekcja KOLI.jpg|200px|Kolekcja KOLI]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # It's useless&lt;br&gt;[[File:Can ring tabs.jpg|200px|Can ring tabs]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # It's far!&lt;br&gt;[[File:Cabs.jpg|200px|Cabs]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot;&gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/CP47| Next Lesson]]&lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}<br /> <br /> {{Tier5R-sidebar}}</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/CP45&diff=9186 2021-08-17T19:52:40Z

<p>Gustavo: /* 4.Choose the right answer using much or many: */</p> <hr /> <div>===1. Complete the sentences with can or can't and then answer the questions:===<br /> <br /> # A cat _______ climb trees, but it _______ fly.<br /> # A fish _______ walk, but it _______ swim.<br /> # You _______ buy stamps at the post office, but you _______ buy shoes there.<br /> # I _______ read a book in the dark, but I _______ read in the sunlight.<br /> # A little baby _______ cry, but it _______ talk.<br /> &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # What abilities and talents do you have? Say three things that you CAN do.<br /> # What abilities and talents don't you have? Say three things that you CAN'T do.<br /> <br /> ===2. Complete the following sentences with the correct superlative form of the words listed below:===<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *'''funny - high - delicious - easy - cold - boring - lucky - smart - dirty - rich - valuable - bad - large - cheap - long - scary'''<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> # Yesterday was '''the coldest''' day of the year. I almost froze to death walking home from school!<br /> # That was _______ movie I saw this year. I almost walked out in the middle.<br /> # Please give me your recipe. That is _______ cake I ate this month.<br /> # Jerry is _______ student in our class. He gets top grades in every course.<br /> # Bob told _______ story last night. I couldn't stop laughing.<br /> # Whales are _______ animals in the world.<br /> # Marie is _______ person I know. She has won the lottery four times!<br /> # He is _______ speaker I have ever had. Half of the audience fell asleep during his speech.<br /> # Mount Everest is _______ mountain in the world.<br /> # That is _______ painting in the art gallery. It's worth a million dollars.<br /> # Bill Gates is one of _______ men in the world.<br /> # I finished the exercise in five minutes. It was _______ homework the teacher gave us this week.<br /> # Arthur hates to clean. He has _______ apartment of all my friends.<br /> # My dinner only cost U$6.00. That must be _______ restaurant in town.<br /> # I was afraid to turn off the lights last night. That was _______ show I watched this year.<br /> <br /> ===3. Complete with '''some''', '''any''' or '''no''':===<br /> <br /> # Are there _______ people on the train station? <br /> # You have _______ reason to be rude all the time. <br /> # There is _______ coffee left. Could you get _______ while you are out please? <br /> # I must go to the mall because I don't have _______ present to give her. <br /> # Could I have _______ more sparkling water please? <br /> # This shop had _______ cheese so we must buy it from another shop. <br /> # _______ bus will take you downtown. You just have to go to the bus station. <br /> # Take _______ subway that comes along. <br /> # _______ of the computers in the school were broken. <br /> # I spent _______ of the money you gave me. Please don't be mad!<br /> <br /> ===4.Choose the right answer using much or many:===<br /> <br /> <br /> # There is so _______ work to do.<br /> # I don’t eat _______.<br /> # There are _______ roses in the garden.<br /> # How _______ do you eat?<br /> # There is so _______ rain in England.<br /> # How _______ slices of toast do you eat?<br /> # I don’t drink _______ wine.<br /> # There are _______ windows in my room.<br /> # Mary has _______ dolls.<br /> # There is so _______ sand in a desert.<br /> # I don’t have _______ time.<br /> # I read _______ books.<br /> # We have _______ tests each year.<br /> # How _______ books do you read?<br /> # He doesn’t like TV too _______.<br /> # How _______ classes do you have?<br /> # How _______ brothers do you have?<br /> # Do you have _______ students in class?<br /> # How _______ does it cost?<br /> # How _______ rooms are there in your house?<br /> <br /> ===5. Use the correct question word (who, what, where, when, why, how many) to make the questions below:===<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *He lives '''in an apartment on Main Street.'''<br /> *''Where does he live?''<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> # They have '''three''' children.<br /> # She lives '''with her roommate'''.<br /> # They eat lunch '''in the cafeteria'''.<br /> # I go to bed '''at 11:00''' every night.<br /> # She doesn't want to go to a movie '''because she is very tired'''.<br /> # They eat '''eggs''' for breakfast every day.<br /> # He wants '''steak''' for dinner.<br /> # He speaks '''four''' languages.<br /> <br /> ===6. Audio===<br /> <br /> {{Answers|<br /> # We could go to the museum this weekend. What do you think?<br /> # What's the best song from this band?<br /> # They have no tools to continue planting.<br /> # How many cans of beer do we have for the barbecue?<br /> # I think there is only one pack in the fridge.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> ===7. Write sentences using the superlative and the adjective below the picture. See the example:===<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *[[File:Anderson de la Rosa Baeball.JPG|200px|Anderson de la Rosa Baeball]]&lt;br&gt;'''young'''<br /> *He is the youngest baseball player in the league.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> #[[File:Daisy flower (1).jpg|200px|Daisy flower (1)]]&lt;br&gt;'''pretty'''<br /> #[[File:Black Converse sneakers.JPG|200px|Black Converse sneakers]]&lt;br&gt;'''comfortable'''<br /> #[[File:Lunch.jpg|200px|Lunch]]&lt;br&gt;'''tasty'''<br /> #[[File:Lamborghini Veneno, Car Zero (profile).jpg|200px|Lamborghini Veneno, Car Zero (profile)]]&lt;br&gt;'''expensive'''<br /> #[[File:Peyto Lake-Banff NP-Canada.jpg|200px|Peyto Lake-Banff NP-Canada]]&lt;br&gt;'''beautiful'''<br /> #[[File:Cldren's playground in the snow.jpg|200px|Cldren's playground in the snow]]&lt;br&gt;'''cold'''<br /> #[[File:Pripps Blå.JPG|200px|Pripps Blå]]&lt;br&gt;'''strong'''<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot;&gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/CP46 | Next Lesson]]&lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Tier5R-sidebar}}</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/1&diff=9185 2021-08-12T23:51:22Z

<p>Gustavo: /* Vocabulary */</p> <hr /> <div>=Simple Present=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> <br /> {{Youtube|30qk3a4ycYk}}<br /> <br /> ===Conjulgue os seguintes verbos no Simple Present:===<br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> { To work<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { work _4 }<br /> You { work _4 }<br /> He { works _5 }<br /> She { works _5 }<br /> It { works _5 }<br /> We { work _4 }<br /> You { work _4 }<br /> They { work _4 }<br /> <br /> { To travel<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { travel _6 }<br /> You { travel _6 }<br /> He { travels _7 }<br /> She { travels _7 }<br /> It { travels _7 }<br /> We { travel _6 }<br /> You { travel _6 }<br /> They { travel _6 }<br /> <br /> { To play<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { play _4 }<br /> You { play _4 }<br /> He { plays _5 }<br /> She { plays _5 }<br /> It { plays _5 }<br /> We { play _4 }<br /> You { play _4 }<br /> They { play _4 }<br /> <br /> { To try<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { try _3 }<br /> You { try _3 }<br /> He { tries _5 }<br /> She { tries _5 }<br /> It { tries _5 }<br /> We { try _3 }<br /> You { try _3 }<br /> They { try _3 }<br /> <br /> { To relax<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { relax _5 }<br /> You { relax _5 }<br /> He { relaxes _7 }<br /> She { relaxes _7 }<br /> It { relaxes _7 }<br /> We { relax _5 }<br /> You { relax _5 }<br /> They { relax _5 }<br /> <br /> { To miss<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { miss _4 }<br /> You { miss _4 }<br /> He { misses _6 }<br /> She { misses _6 }<br /> It { misses _6 }<br /> We { miss _4 }<br /> You { miss _4 }<br /> They { miss _4 }<br /> <br /> { To watch<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { watch _5 }<br /> You { watch _5 }<br /> He { watches _7 }<br /> She { watches _7 }<br /> It { watches _7 }<br /> We { watch _5 }<br /> You { watch _5 }<br /> They { watch _5 }<br /> <br /> { To wash<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { wash _4 }<br /> You { wash _4 }<br /> He { washes _6 }<br /> She { washes _6 }<br /> It { washes _6 }<br /> We { wash _4 }<br /> You { wash _4 }<br /> They { wash _4 }<br /> <br /> { To go<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { go _2 }<br /> You { go _2 }<br /> He { goes _4 }<br /> She { goes _4 }<br /> It { goes _4 }<br /> We { go _2 }<br /> You { go _2 }<br /> They { go _2 }<br /> <br /> { To do<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { do _2 }<br /> You { do _2 }<br /> He { does _4 }<br /> She { does _4 }<br /> It { does _4 }<br /> We { do _2 }<br /> You { do _2 }<br /> They { do _2 }<br /> <br /> {Conjulgue os seguintes verbos na forma negativa:}<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> { To ask (use &quot;do not&quot; e &quot;does not&quot;)<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { do not ask _10 } <br /> You { do not ask _10 }<br /> He { does not ask _12 }<br /> She { does not ask _12 }<br /> It { does not ask _12 }<br /> We { do not ask _10 }<br /> You { do not ask _10 }<br /> They { do not ask _10 }<br /> <br /> { To fix (use &quot;don't&quot; e &quot;doesn't&quot;)<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { don't fix _9 } <br /> You { don't fix _9 }<br /> He { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> She { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> It { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> We { don't fix _9 }<br /> You { don't fix _9 }<br /> They { don't fix _9 }<br /> <br /> {Conjulgue os seguintes verbos na forma interrogativa:}<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> { To give<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { Do I give? _10 }<br /> You { Do you give? _12 }<br /> He { Does he give? _13 }<br /> She { Does she give? _14 }<br /> It { Does it give? _13 }<br /> We { Do we give? _11 }<br /> You { Do you give? _12 }<br /> They { Do they give? _13 }<br /> <br /> { To wash<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { Do I wash? _10 }<br /> You { Do you wash? _12 }<br /> He { Does he wash? _13 }<br /> She { Does she wash? _14 }<br /> It { Does it wash? _13 }<br /> We { Do we wash? _11 }<br /> You { Do you wash? _12 }<br /> They { Do they wash? _13 }<br /> <br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> ====Answers====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/8/8b/Basic_1_-_Grammar_Exercise_Answers.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/e/ea/Basic_1_-_Vocab.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|do}}<br /> {{Def|go}}<br /> {{Def|relax}}<br /> {{Def|fix}}<br /> {{Def|miss}}<br /> {{Def|wash}}<br /> {{Def|watch}}<br /> {{Def|try}}<br /> {{Def|cry}}<br /> {{Def|play}}<br /> {{Def|listen}}<br /> {{Def|exercise}}<br /> {{Def|like}}<br /> {{Def2|wake|up}}<br /> {{Def3|go|to|bed}}<br /> <br /> {{Def3|in|the|morning}}<br /> {{Def3|in|the|afternoon}}<br /> {{Def3|in|the|evening}}<br /> {{Def2|at|night}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|music}}<br /> {{Def|homework}}<br /> {{Def|sad}}<br /> {{Def|when}}<br /> {{Def|every}}<br /> {{Def|day}}<br /> {{Def|week}}<br /> {{Def|month}}<br /> {{Def|dishes}}<br /> {{Def|early}}<br /> {{Def|late}}<br /> {{Def|sometimes}}<br /> {{Def|often}}<br /> {{Def|always}}<br /> {{Def|never}}<br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/3/38/Basic_1_-_Vocab_notes.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/8/86/Basic_1_-_Sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *I do homework in the morning.<br /> *I work in the afternoon.<br /> *I go to work in the morning.<br /> *I relax when I listen to music.<br /> *I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> *I wash the car every week.<br /> *I watch movies at night.<br /> *I try to exercise every day.<br /> *I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> *I go to bed early.<br /> *I go to bed late.<br /> *I wake up early.<br /> *I wake up late.<br /> *I play the guitar.<br /> *I play the piano.<br /> *I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> ===1. Look at the sentences and say if you do them or not. {{#tip-info: 1. Olhe para as frases e diga se você faz essa atividade ou não.}}===<br /> Ex.: <br /> I go to bed early.<br /> I don’t go to bed early.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> === 2. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I work at night. -&gt; I don't work at night.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===3. Make the following sentences interrogative using &quot;you&quot;.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo usando &quot;you&quot;.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I work at night. -&gt; Do you work at night?<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===4. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and changing the verb.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e mudando o verbo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.:<br /> I work at night. -&gt; He works at night.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===5. Now make the sentences with he or she negative and interrogative.{{#tip-info: Agora coloque as frases do exercício anterior nas formas negativa e interrogativa.}}===<br /> <br /> ===6. Make a list of the things you do that are not in the lesson. Use this dictionary: www.wordreference.com {{#tip-info: Faça uma lista das coisas que você faz que não estão nesta lição. Use o dicionário www.wordreference.com}}===<br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-1-13</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Nivelamento&diff=9184 2021-08-12T15:06:24Z

<p>Gustavo: /* 2 Peça para traduzir as seguintes frases. */</p> <hr /> <div>== Nivelamento Oral ==<br /> <br /> ===1. Primeiro leia as frases e peça que repita. Diga que vai prestar atenção na pronúncia primeiro.===<br /> <br /> # I like my school.<br /> # He doesn’t work alone.<br /> # Do you know her?<br /> # I went home after a while.<br /> # I couldn’t figure out what she was saying.<br /> # It was an overwhelming experience for most of us.<br /> # If I hadn’t called her, we would never have gotten there.<br /> <br /> ===2 Peça para traduzir as seguintes frases.===<br /> <br /> # Eu jogo futebol.<br /> # Ela não sabe falar inglês.<br /> # Você estuda aqui?<br /> # Ela pode ir ao shopping agora?<br /> # Eu disse que eles não viriam. <br /> # Eu não pensei sobre isso ainda.<br /> # Eu costumava correr na praia quando era mais jovem.<br /> # Eu ainda não tinha limpado meu quarto quando minha mãe chegou em casa nesse final de semana.<br /> <br /> ===3 Peça para passar as seguintes frases para o negativo.===<br /> <br /> # I listen to music at night.<br /> # She speaks French very well.<br /> # They are in the park.<br /> # I lost my keys. <br /> # I would like to be with them. <br /> # I will ask Mr. Neil about it. <br /> # I could have seen it coming.<br /> # They had sent all the invitations before the wedding.<br /> <br /> ===4 Peça para passar as mesmas frases do exercício anterior para o interrogativo.===<br /> <br /> ===5 Faça as seguintes perguntas em inglês. Diga que deve responder em inglês e tentar falar o máximo possível.===<br /> <br /> # How old are you?<br /> # What do you do for a living?<br /> # Are you married?<br /> # Where were you born?<br /> # How many brothers and sisters do you have?<br /> # What do you like to do at night?<br /> # Tell me about a movie that you like. Why?<br /> # What did you do last weekend?<br /> # What are you going to do next weekend?<br /> # What would you do if you were a millionaire?<br /> # What should one do if their car breaks in the middle of nowhere?<br /> # What is your best friend like?</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/CP43&diff=9183 2021-07-27T19:35:04Z

<p>Gustavo: /* 2. Choose the right answer and after make sentences with the right verb: */</p> <hr /> <div>===1. Fill in the verbs in brackets in Future Progressive. ('''will be + verb -ing''')===<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *'''Jason _______ on the computer when his mother comes home. (to play)'''<br /> **Jason will be playing on the computer when his mother comes home.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> # You _______ pizza soon. (to eat)<br /> # It _______ when I reach Bangkok. (to rain)<br /> # Peggy _______ to the party on Saturday. (to come)<br /> # Andy _______ a video when I arrive tonight. (to watch)<br /> # At 6 o'clock on Friday they _______ the new song. (to sing)<br /> # They _______ in Budapest in a few minutes. (to arrive)<br /> # This time next week he _______ to South Africa. (to fly)<br /> # Tomorrow at nine I _______ a test. (to write)<br /> # She _______ when you telephone her. (to sleep)<br /> # We _______ him tomorrow. (to meet)<br /> <br /> ===2. Choose the right answer and then make sentences with the correct verb:===<br /> <br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> {'''to wait'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - waitted<br /> + waited <br /> <br /> {'''to finish'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> + finished<br /> - finishhed<br /> <br /> { '''to smile'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - smilled<br /> + smiled<br /> <br /> { '''to stop'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> + stopped<br /> - stoped<br /> <br /> { '''to admit'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> + admitted<br /> - admited<br /> <br /> { '''to stay'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - stayyed<br /> + stayed<br /> <br /> <br /> { '''to fold'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - foldded<br /> + folded<br /> <br /> { '''to listen'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - listenned<br /> + listened<br /> <br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> ===3. Rewrite these sentences in reported speech:===<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *'''Mary: I will be on time.'''<br /> *Mary said she would be on time.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> # '''Weatherman on TV:''' There will be a thunderstorm tomorrow.<br /> # '''Paul:''' My football team will win the championship.<br /> # '''Ann:''' Germany won't win the World Cup.<br /> # '''Jared''': I won't be home until 11 o'clock.<br /> # '''Joe:''' Paul won't pass his exams.<br /> # '''Paul and Ann:''' We'll get married in the spring.<br /> <br /> ===4. Choose the correct words in parenthesis:===<br /> <br /> # Children should obey _______ (his, their) parents.<br /> # A: What breed of dog is that? &lt;br&gt;B: (Its, It's) _______ a poodle.<br /> # The cat cleaned _______ (its, it's) fur with _______ (its, it's) tongue.<br /> # A: Excuse me. Is this _______ (my, mine) dictionary or _______. (your, yours) &lt;br&gt;B: This one is _______ (mine, my), _______ (Your, Yours) is on _______ (your, yours) desk.<br /> # Janice had to drive to work with _______ (my, mine) car. _______ (Her, Hers) had a flat tire.<br /> # Jake fell of _______ (her, hers) bicycle and broke _______ (her, hers) arm.<br /> # Fruits should be part of _______ (your, yours) daily diet. <br /> # John and Jane are married. _______ (They, Them) live in an apartment building.<br /> # _______ (Their, They're) apartment is on the fifth floor.<br /> # We live in the same building. _______ (Our, Ours) apartment has one bedroom, but _______ (their, theirs) has two.<br /> <br /> ===5. Rewrite the sentences following the model.===<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> * '''I will travel on Monday / next month / with my family'''<br /> * I will travel next month<br /> * I will travel next month with my family<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> # The car broke down in front of the drugstore. / stop / the bus<br /> # They will be recording the song tomorrow night. / at the stadium / the concert<br /> # I will bring my food and you bring yours. / theirs / she<br /> # He would go on a boat trip. / my mother / wouldn't<br /> # Where will the party be? / the meeting / start / when<br /> # Would you come to my house? / presentation / with your friends<br /> # These are your paddles. Where are mine? / hers / their<br /> # Mr. Simpson would like to talk to the manager. / president / right now<br /> # My neighbor borrowed that tool from me. / give to / lend to<br /> <br /> ===6. Listen to the sentences and write them down:===<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/2/2c/CP43_Listening.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Answers|<br /> # That kid is always asking for trouble. One of these days he will regret it.<br /> # Charles didn't visit his family last year because he was living in Australia.<br /> # Would you help me with my homework? I have no idea how to do this exercise.<br /> # I know they play with their dog, but do they play with their cat?<br /> # This year I will have to work in January.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> ===7. Follow the example:===<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *[[File:USMC-100505-M-2156H-032.jpg|250px|USMC-100505-M-2156H-032]]&lt;br&gt; '''next Saturday'''<br /> *He will be fixing the house next Saturday.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> #[[File:Pretty girl watching TV.jpg|250px|Pretty girl watching TV]]&lt;br&gt; next weekend<br /> #[[File:K-Supermarket Säkylä.JPG|250px|K-Supermarket Säkylä]]&lt;br&gt; tonight<br /> #[[File:Hadise writes a letter.jpg|250px|Hadise writes a letter]]&lt;br&gt; after the next concert<br /> #[[File:Malaysian playing golf.jpg|250px|Malaysian playing golf]]&lt;br&gt; on his next vacation<br /> #[[File:Thomas Durkin, giving an interview at Guantanamo.jpg|250px|Thomas Durkin, giving an interview at Guantanamo]] &lt;br&gt; next morning<br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot;&gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/CP44 | Next Lesson]]&lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Tier5R-sidebar}}</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/CP43&diff=9182 2021-07-27T19:33:52Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>===1. Fill in the verbs in brackets in Future Progressive. ('''will be + verb -ing''')===<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *'''Jason _______ on the computer when his mother comes home. (to play)'''<br /> **Jason will be playing on the computer when his mother comes home.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> # You _______ pizza soon. (to eat)<br /> # It _______ when I reach Bangkok. (to rain)<br /> # Peggy _______ to the party on Saturday. (to come)<br /> # Andy _______ a video when I arrive tonight. (to watch)<br /> # At 6 o'clock on Friday they _______ the new song. (to sing)<br /> # They _______ in Budapest in a few minutes. (to arrive)<br /> # This time next week he _______ to South Africa. (to fly)<br /> # Tomorrow at nine I _______ a test. (to write)<br /> # She _______ when you telephone her. (to sleep)<br /> # We _______ him tomorrow. (to meet)<br /> <br /> ===2. Choose the right answer and after make sentences with the right verb:===<br /> <br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> {'''to wait'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - waitted<br /> + waited <br /> <br /> {'''to finish'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> + finished<br /> - finishhed<br /> <br /> { '''to smile'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - smilled<br /> + smiled<br /> <br /> { '''to stop'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> + stopped<br /> - stoped<br /> <br /> { '''to admit'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> + admitted<br /> - admited<br /> <br /> { '''to stay'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - stayyed<br /> + stayed<br /> <br /> <br /> { '''to fold'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - foldded<br /> + folded<br /> <br /> { '''to listen'''<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - listenned<br /> + listened<br /> <br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> ===3. Rewrite these sentences in reported speech:===<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *'''Mary: I will be on time.'''<br /> *Mary said she would be on time.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> # '''Weatherman on TV:''' There will be a thunderstorm tomorrow.<br /> # '''Paul:''' My football team will win the championship.<br /> # '''Ann:''' Germany won't win the World Cup.<br /> # '''Jared''': I won't be home until 11 o'clock.<br /> # '''Joe:''' Paul won't pass his exams.<br /> # '''Paul and Ann:''' We'll get married in the spring.<br /> <br /> ===4. Choose the correct words in parenthesis:===<br /> <br /> # Children should obey _______ (his, their) parents.<br /> # A: What breed of dog is that? &lt;br&gt;B: (Its, It's) _______ a poodle.<br /> # The cat cleaned _______ (its, it's) fur with _______ (its, it's) tongue.<br /> # A: Excuse me. Is this _______ (my, mine) dictionary or _______. (your, yours) &lt;br&gt;B: This one is _______ (mine, my), _______ (Your, Yours) is on _______ (your, yours) desk.<br /> # Janice had to drive to work with _______ (my, mine) car. _______ (Her, Hers) had a flat tire.<br /> # Jake fell of _______ (her, hers) bicycle and broke _______ (her, hers) arm.<br /> # Fruits should be part of _______ (your, yours) daily diet. <br /> # John and Jane are married. _______ (They, Them) live in an apartment building.<br /> # _______ (Their, They're) apartment is on the fifth floor.<br /> # We live in the same building. _______ (Our, Ours) apartment has one bedroom, but _______ (their, theirs) has two.<br /> <br /> ===5. Rewrite the sentences following the model.===<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> * '''I will travel on Monday / next month / with my family'''<br /> * I will travel next month<br /> * I will travel next month with my family<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> # The car broke down in front of the drugstore. / stop / the bus<br /> # They will be recording the song tomorrow night. / at the stadium / the concert<br /> # I will bring my food and you bring yours. / theirs / she<br /> # He would go on a boat trip. / my mother / wouldn't<br /> # Where will the party be? / the meeting / start / when<br /> # Would you come to my house? / presentation / with your friends<br /> # These are your paddles. Where are mine? / hers / their<br /> # Mr. Simpson would like to talk to the manager. / president / right now<br /> # My neighbor borrowed that tool from me. / give to / lend to<br /> <br /> ===6. Listen to the sentences and write them down:===<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/2/2c/CP43_Listening.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Answers|<br /> # That kid is always asking for trouble. One of these days he will regret it.<br /> # Charles didn't visit his family last year because he was living in Australia.<br /> # Would you help me with my homework? I have no idea how to do this exercise.<br /> # I know they play with their dog, but do they play with their cat?<br /> # This year I will have to work in January.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> ===7. Follow the example:===<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *[[File:USMC-100505-M-2156H-032.jpg|250px|USMC-100505-M-2156H-032]]&lt;br&gt; '''next Saturday'''<br /> *He will be fixing the house next Saturday.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> #[[File:Pretty girl watching TV.jpg|250px|Pretty girl watching TV]]&lt;br&gt; next weekend<br /> #[[File:K-Supermarket Säkylä.JPG|250px|K-Supermarket Säkylä]]&lt;br&gt; tonight<br /> #[[File:Hadise writes a letter.jpg|250px|Hadise writes a letter]]&lt;br&gt; after the next concert<br /> #[[File:Malaysian playing golf.jpg|250px|Malaysian playing golf]]&lt;br&gt; on his next vacation<br /> #[[File:Thomas Durkin, giving an interview at Guantanamo.jpg|250px|Thomas Durkin, giving an interview at Guantanamo]] &lt;br&gt; next morning<br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot;&gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/CP44 | Next Lesson]]&lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Tier5R-sidebar}}</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/5&diff=9181 2021-07-16T19:19:37Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>{{#css:olexercises.css}}<br /> <br /> =Verbs in the Infinitive=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> {{Youtube|h74wqDKZxzY}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|music}}<br /> {{Def|test}}<br /> {{Def|together}}<br /> {{Def|make}}<br /> {{Def2|what|time}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *I want to listen to good music.<br /> *She wants to watch a good movie.<br /> *He wants to drink coffee.<br /> *They want to do the homework.<br /> *We need to work more today.<br /> *He needs to study for the test.<br /> *They try to exercise together.<br /> *I go to work early in the morning.<br /> *We go to the beach in the summer.<br /> *I am happy to help you.<br /> *I am sad to go.<br /> *I am anxious to read the book.<br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> <br /> === 1. List the things you do throughout the day. {{#tip-info: Liste as coisas que você faz ao longo do dia.}}===<br /> <br /> #In the morning I...<br /> #In the afternoon I...<br /> #In the evening I...<br /> #At night I...<br /> <br /> <br /> === 2. Substitute the subject for subject pronouns (I, you, he, she, it, we, you, they). {{#tip-info: Substitua o sujeito por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #Mike wants to listen to good music.<br /> #Julia wants to watch a good movie.<br /> #Heather wants to drink coffee.<br /> #My brother and I want to do the homework.<br /> #My father needs to work more today.<br /> #The boy needs to study for the test.<br /> #My mother and my sister try to exercise together.<br /> #Mike and Julia go to work early in the morning.<br /> #My dog goes to the beach in the summer.<br /> #Susan is happy to help you.<br /> #John is sad to go.<br /> #Your mother is anxious to read the book.<br /> <br /> <br /> === 3. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases na forma negativa.}}===<br /> <br /> #Mike wants to listen to good music.<br /> #Julia wants to watch a good movie.<br /> #Heather wants to drink coffee.<br /> #My brother and I want to do the homework.<br /> #My father needs to work more today.<br /> #The boy needs to study for the test.<br /> #My mother and my sister try to exercise together.<br /> #Mike and Julia go to work early in the morning.<br /> #My dog goes to the beach in the summer.<br /> #Susan is happy to help you.<br /> #John is sad to go.<br /> #Your mother is anxious to read the book.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===4. Make the following sentences interrogative.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: You are anxious. -&gt; Are you anxious? | He feels sad. -&gt; Does he feel sad?<br /> <br /> <br /> #Mike wants to listen to good music.<br /> #Julia wants to watch a good movie.<br /> #Heather wants to drink coffee.<br /> #My brother and I want to do the homework.<br /> #My father needs to work more today.<br /> #The boy needs to study for the test.<br /> #My mother and my sister try to exercise together.<br /> #Mike and Julia go to work early in the morning.<br /> #My dog goes to the beach in the summer.<br /> #Susan is happy to help you.<br /> #John is sad to go.<br /> #Your mother is anxious to read the book.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===5. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}}===<br /> <br /> <br /> #What makes you happy?<br /> #What makes you sad?<br /> #What makes you anxious?<br /> #What makes you excited?<br /> #What helps you relax?<br /> #What helps you rest?<br /> #What helps you have fun?<br /> #What time do you wake up?<br /> #What time do you go to bed?<br /> #What time do you have lunch?<br /> #What time do you study?<br /> #What time do you exercise?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic&diff=9180 2021-07-16T18:54:41Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>__NOTOC__<br /> {{#css:EssentialsStyles.css}}<br /> <br /> &lt;h2 style&quot;margin-bottom: 10px;&quot;&gt;Basic&lt;/h2&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;div style=&quot;background: #eee; border-radius: .3em; font: 15px 'trebuchet MS', 'lucida sans'; margin: 1.5em; padding: 1em;&quot;&gt;<br /> O curso Basic é um curso experimental de introdução à língua. Ele cobre conceitos básicos de gramática, pronúncia, vocabulário e desenvolve habilidades fundamentais na fala, leitura, compreensão auditiva e composição de textos. Ao final deste curso o aluno terá um vocabulário de no mínimo 1000 palavras, vai saber os principais tempos verbais e vai conseguir realizar conversas básicas em inglês.<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;div class=&quot;acc&quot;&gt;<br /> &lt;h2&gt;Level 1&lt;/h2&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;div&gt;<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/1 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Simple Present&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Helping verb&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Periods of the day&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/2 |<br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Adverbs of Frequency&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Days of the week&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Likes and dislikes&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;At, on, before, after&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]] <br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/3 |<br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;To be&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Very, a little&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Emotions&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Seasons&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/4 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Subject and Object Pronouns&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Exchanging subject and object for pronouns&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Family&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;My, Your&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/5 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Infinitive&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Telling time &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;What makes...&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/6 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/7 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/8 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/9 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/10 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;h3&gt;CP - Check Point - Review Lessons&lt;/h3&gt;<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/CP1 | CP #1]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/CP2 | CP #2]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;h2&gt;Recursos&lt;/h2&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;div&gt;<br /> Lista de recursos utilizados para o desenvolvimento deste curso.<br /> <br /> BBC Learning English:<br /> http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/grammar/pron/<br /> <br /> Longman Press - Grammar Practice for Elementary<br /> &lt;/div&gt;</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/5&diff=9179 2021-07-16T18:53:16Z

<p>Gustavo: Created page with &quot;{{#css:olexercises.css}} =Verbs in the Infinitive= ==Grammar== {{Youtube|}} ==Vocabulary== Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estu...&quot;</p> <hr /> <div>{{#css:olexercises.css}}<br /> <br /> =Verbs in the Infinitive=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> {{Youtube|}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|music}}<br /> {{Def|test}}<br /> {{Def|together}}<br /> {{Def|make}}<br /> {{Def2|what|time}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *I want to listen to good music.<br /> *She wants to watch a good movie.<br /> *He wants to drink coffee.<br /> *They want to do the homework.<br /> *We need to work more today.<br /> *He needs to study for the test.<br /> *They try to exercise together.<br /> *I go to work early in the morning.<br /> *We go to the beach in the summer.<br /> *I am happy to help you.<br /> *I am sad to go.<br /> *I am anxious to read the book.<br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> <br /> === 1. List the things you do throughout the day. {{#tip-info: Liste as coisas que você faz ao longo do dia.}}===<br /> <br /> #In the morning I...<br /> #In the afternoon I...<br /> #In the evening I...<br /> #At night I...<br /> <br /> <br /> === 2. Substitute the subject for subject pronouns (I, you, he, she, it, we, you, they). {{#tip-info: Substitua o sujeito por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #Mike wants to listen to good music.<br /> #Julia wants to watch a good movie.<br /> #Heather wants to drink coffee.<br /> #My brother and I want to do the homework.<br /> #My father needs to work more today.<br /> #The boy needs to study for the test.<br /> #My mother and my sister try to exercise together.<br /> #Mike and Julia go to work early in the morning.<br /> #My dog goes to the beach in the summer.<br /> #Susan is happy to help you.<br /> #John is sad to go.<br /> #Your mother is anxious to read the book.<br /> <br /> <br /> === 3. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases na forma negativa.}}===<br /> <br /> #Mike wants to listen to good music.<br /> #Julia wants to watch a good movie.<br /> #Heather wants to drink coffee.<br /> #My brother and I want to do the homework.<br /> #My father needs to work more today.<br /> #The boy needs to study for the test.<br /> #My mother and my sister try to exercise together.<br /> #Mike and Julia go to work early in the morning.<br /> #My dog goes to the beach in the summer.<br /> #Susan is happy to help you.<br /> #John is sad to go.<br /> #Your mother is anxious to read the book.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===4. Make the following sentences interrogative.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: You are anxious. -&gt; Are you anxious? | He feels sad. -&gt; Does he feel sad?<br /> <br /> <br /> #Mike wants to listen to good music.<br /> #Julia wants to watch a good movie.<br /> #Heather wants to drink coffee.<br /> #My brother and I want to do the homework.<br /> #My father needs to work more today.<br /> #The boy needs to study for the test.<br /> #My mother and my sister try to exercise together.<br /> #Mike and Julia go to work early in the morning.<br /> #My dog goes to the beach in the summer.<br /> #Susan is happy to help you.<br /> #John is sad to go.<br /> #Your mother is anxious to read the book.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===5. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}}===<br /> <br /> <br /> #What makes you happy?<br /> #What makes you sad?<br /> #What makes you anxious?<br /> #What makes you excited?<br /> #What helps you relax?<br /> #What helps you rest?<br /> #What helps you have fun?<br /> #What time do you wake up?<br /> #What time do you go to bed?<br /> #What time do you have lunch?<br /> #What time do you study?<br /> #What time do you exercise?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=9178 2021-07-16T00:15:51Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div><br /> &lt;p class=&quot;alert alert-warning&quot; role=&quot;alert&quot;&gt;<br /> Aula Intensivo<br /> Sexta-feira • 20:00 – 21:00<br /> Como participar do Google Meet<br /> Link da videochamada: https://meet.google.com/uei-nkwp-kqo<br /> &lt;/p&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;p class=&quot;alert alert-info&quot; role=&quot;alert&quot;&gt;<br /> Nós temos um grupo de What's App onde postamos conteúdo e oferecemos aulas extras em grupo. Se quiser participar envie um email para: contato@thegrove.com.br<br /> &lt;/p&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;p&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot; &gt;<br /> [[Special:Userlogin | Autenticar-se]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Essentials | Essentials]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Basic | Basic]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Template:L5 | Core]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:EasyReading | Easy Reading]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Portuguese | Portuguese]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Conversation | Conversation]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Biographies | Biographies]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Perguntas Frequentes | FAQ]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;/p&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/CP42&diff=9177 2021-07-13T19:52:44Z

<p>Gustavo: /* 3. Choose the right answer: */</p> <hr /> <div>===1. Answer the question using the words given:===<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *'''What were you doing last night?'''<br /> *'''study for the test'''<br /> *I was studying for the test.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> '''What were you doing last night?'''<br /> <br /> # watch TV with my friends<br /> # go home after work<br /> # prepare dinner for my family<br /> # read a book<br /> # buy a new pair of shoes<br /> # try to fix my computer<br /> # walk the dog<br /> # talk to my neighbors<br /> # take a shower<br /> <br /> ===2. Read the following situations, then write new sentences using the adverb of frequency (in parenthesis):===<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *'''(often) They eat dinner at six o'clock.'''<br /> *They often eat dinner at six o'clock.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> #(usually) On Saturday morning, I sleep late. (sometimes) I sleep until eight or nine o'clock. (always) On weekdays, my alarm rings at 6:00 am. (rarely) I go to bed before midnight. (often) Therefore, I am very tired by lunchtime.<br /> # (usually) The baby sleeps all night long. (occasionally) She wakes up in the middle of the night. (frequently) This happens when she has a long nap during the day. (always) We try to wake her from her nap after two hours. (sometimes) But we can't wake her up.<br /> <br /> ===3. Choose the right answer:===<br /> <br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> {Where is the best place to study?<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - at a night club<br /> + at a desk<br /> - in a noisy but comfortable room<br /> <br /> {If your car breaks down in the middle of the road, you'll need a:<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> + Tow truck<br /> - Taxi<br /> - Bike<br /> <br /> { Every project needs a:<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> + Blueprint<br /> - Cement<br /> - Wheelbarrow<br /> <br /> { What are the seven colors of the rainbow?<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - Red, orange, amber, green, aquamarine, blue, purple <br /> + Red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet<br /> - Rubi, red, yellow, turquoise, light blue, purple and magenta<br /> <br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> ===4.Complete the following sentences with the correct comparative form of the words listed below===<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> * '''bad - important - crowded - well - high - heavy - convenient - difficult'''<br /> * '''cheap - expensive - quiet - easy - thin - healthy - dangerous - cold'''<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> # In Canada, January is _________________________ than March.<br /> # I think that good health is ___________________________ than money. <br /> # I can’t carry my suitcase. It’s much _________________________ than yours. <br /> # I can afford to buy a new bike but not a new car. A car is ___________________________ than a bike. <br /> # You look _______________________ than the last time I saw you. Have you lost weight? <br /> # I couldn’t get a seat in the restaurant. It was ____________________________ than usual.<br /> # Mountains are __________________________ than hills. <br /> # He got a very good mark on his exam. The exam was _______________________ than he had expected. <br /> # You should go to the doctor. Your cold is _____________________________ than it was a few days ago. <br /> # There is a lot of crime in big cities. They are _____________________ than the small town where I live. <br /> # I don’t understand this lesson. It is ______________________________ than the last one we did.<br /> # I can’t study in this room. It’s too noisy. I’m going to find a _____________________________ place.<br /> # Our apartment is far from everything. We want to move to a _____________________________ location.<br /> # Orange juice is __________________________ than Coke. <br /> # The store is having a great sale today. Most televisions are 25% _____________________ than they were yesterday. <br /> # The doctor told me that I can go back to work if I feel ______________________ tomorrow.<br /> <br /> ===5. Rewrite the sentences following the model:===<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> * '''Jack is very slow in the morning. / sleepy / at work'''<br /> * Jack is very sleepy in the morning<br /> * Jack is very sleepy at work<br /> }}<br /> <br /> # Were they building a new house? / buying / moving to<br /> # This bedroom is darker than mine. / big / apartment<br /> # She always eats cereal for breakfast. / hardly ever / fruit<br /> # There are three yellow purses on that table. / purple / notebooks<br /> # They were taking a shower after the game. / having lunch / studying<br /> # Anne never studies at night. / sometimes / with her friends<br /> # We need a bigger box. / stronger / to take the food<br /> <br /> ===6. Listen to the sentences and write them down:===<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/b/ba/CP42_Listening.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Answers|<br /> # They were building a new house before they moved to Canada.<br /> # Her alarm clock is much better than mine.<br /> # We will have classes on Mondays and Wednesdays.<br /> # He bought a light green blanket for his bedroom.<br /> # She was painting her room when I arrived.<br /> # Jeff and Tom are always riding their bikes.<br /> # Where did you buy these bricks?<br /> # This apartment is larger than yours.<br /> # How often do you work on weekends?<br /> }}<br /> <br /> ===7. Look at car '''1''' and '''2''' below and write sentences comparing them. At the end tell us which one you would buy and why:===<br /> <br /> : '''Car 1'''<br /> <br /> : 40 years old<br /> : U$ 25,000<br /> : 4-5 passengers<br /> : Red color<br /> : No rust<br /> : Leather seat<br /> <br /> [[File:1955-Mercury-red.jpg|500px|1955-Mercury-red]]<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> : '''Car 2'''<br /> <br /> : 33 years old<br /> : U$ 20,000<br /> : 4-5 passengers<br /> : Station wagon<br /> : Orange color<br /> : Small amount of rust<br /> : Fabric seats<br /> <br /> [[File:Renault 12 TL (3).jpg|5oopx|Renault 12 TL (3)]]<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot;&gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/CP43 | Next Lesson]]&lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}<br /> <br /> {{Tier5R-sidebar}}</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/CP41&diff=9176 2021-07-13T19:35:26Z

<p>Gustavo: /* 1. Make a comment, give an answer to or complete the sentences below: */</p> <hr /> <div>===1. Make a comment, give an answer to or complete the sentences below:===<br /> <br /> # I'm not studying right now. I'm in the kitchen...<br /> # Can you tell me how...<br /> # She decided to bring...because...<br /> # We are cleaning the garden but...<br /> # I have all the tools you need so...<br /> # His family is moving to London and...<br /> # I want to eat delicious food...<br /> # I think I saw that lady...<br /> # He didn't want to swim in the sea in the winter...<br /> <br /> ===2. Correct the sentences rewriting them===<br /> <br /> # He is write the composition.<br /> # How you want to go there?<br /> # He didn't went to the movies alone.<br /> # Did he buys food at the supermarket?<br /> # This summer I eating a lot of fruits. It's healthing!<br /> # They can to help you but you need to ask.<br /> # You must have two things for this project: the camera or time.<br /> # Because do they have to stay there?<br /> # She is waitings for her father at school.<br /> <br /> ===3. Change the sentences according to the example below:===<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> * I am not helping one baby / two / person<br /> * I am not helping two babies<br /> * I am not helping two people<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> # How is your foot? / are / friends<br /> # She wanted one chair to sit on. / three / needed<br /> # I can't carry the box alone because there is a heavy book in it. / four / ten<br /> # This recipe needs one spoon of sugar. / eight / and two eggs<br /> # I visited one city on my trip. / many / places<br /> # How is your dog? / are / dogs and cats<br /> # He's taking one bus to come here. / two / subway<br /> # That businessman reads one newspaper every morning. / four / and two magazines<br /> <br /> ===4.Choose the right answer===<br /> <br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> {I _______ the beautiful view of the lake right now.<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - observed<br /> + am observing<br /> - want to observing<br /> <br /> {How _______ is this car's engine?<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> + old<br /> - power<br /> - problem<br /> <br /> { She _______ the floor, that's why it's so dirty.<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> + didn't mop<br /> - washed<br /> - sweep<br /> <br /> { They didn't bring the camera _______ they forgot it at home.<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - so<br /> + because<br /> - and<br /> <br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> ===5. Follow the pattern===<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *Where did he go yesterday?<br /> * to the movies / because<br /> * He went to the movies because he was free in the afternoon.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> #1 What did you eat on the weekend?<br /> barbecue / but<br /> #2 When did you visit your cousin?<br /> last holiday / because<br /> #3 How did you cut your finger?<br /> sharp knife / yesterday<br /> #4 Where did you come from?<br /> downtown / so<br /> #5 Who did you see at the mall?<br /> my ex-girlfriend / and<br /> #6 What did you buy at the supermarket?<br /> fruits / but<br /> #7 How did you get this information?<br /> books / and<br /> #8 Who did you call to talk about the problem?<br /> my mother / so<br /> <br /> ===6. Audio===<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/a/ad/CP41_Listening.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Answers|<br /> # She carried many boxes into the room.<br /> # Are they walking around the lake?<br /> # The seat of this car is very comfortable.<br /> # Did she use the towels?<br /> # The models and the producers are talking about the job.<br /> # How long is that river?<br /> }}<br /> <br /> ===7. Write a sentence using Present Continuous for each picture below:===<br /> <br /> #[[File:Mountain-bike-jump.jpg|150px|Mountain-bike-jump]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # [[File:Napoli Comicon 2013 - People walking.JPG|150px|Napoli Comicon 2013 - People walking]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # [[File:Woman on the phone.jpg|150px|Woman on the phone]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # [[File:Taking Pictures (10592387516).jpg|150px|Taking Pictures (10592387516)]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> # [[File:Washing dishes at LGC.jpg|150px|Washing dishes at LGC]]&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot;&gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/CP42 | Next Lesson]]&lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}<br /> <br /> {{Tier5R-sidebar}}</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/CP38&diff=9175 2021-07-05T23:56:47Z

<p>Gustavo: /* 3. Tell what the words below can de used for: */</p> <hr /> <div>{{#css:olexercises.css}}<br /> <br /> ====1. Change the sentences from negative to interrogative:====<br /> <br /> #There aren't many people in the store.<br /> #They won't be here before the game starts.<br /> #We aren't going to her house right now.<br /> #She doesn't need to stay there until 6 o'clock.<br /> #You aren't helping your little brother.<br /> <br /> ====2. Find the mistakes and correct them:====<br /> <br /> #They is out for lunch.<br /> #She will going tomorrow.<br /> #Goes to her house early tomorrow!<br /> #She is likes to go there every evening.<br /> #She will buy a new bracelet yesterday.<br /> <br /> <br /> ====3. Tell what the words below can de used for:====<br /> <br /> ::Example:<br /> :: '''an orange - I can make very good juice!'''<br /> <br /> #the Sun - <br /> #a plate - <br /> #a ring - <br /> #an avocado - <br /> #a napkin -<br /> <br /> ====4. Choose the right answer:====<br /> <br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> {Traditional dried fruit used in the rice recipes in Brazil:<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - peach<br /> - lime<br /> + raisins<br /> <br /> <br /> {Clothing that women wear to stay home at night:<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> + nightgown<br /> - evening gown<br /> - dress<br /> <br /> <br /> {Item removed when we open wine:<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - lid<br /> - bottle cap<br /> + cork<br /> <br /> <br /> {Is a natural part of the solar system:<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> - Space station<br /> + the Sun<br /> - Satellite<br /> <br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> ====5. Follow the pattern. The teacher might ask you to do it written or orally.====<br /> <br /> :::Example: <br /> :::'''They are here waiting for you. / her / there.<br /> :::They are here waiting for her. <br /> :::They are there waiting for her (there).<br /> <br /> #They're asking too many questions. / the students / everybody<br /> #Come here and talk to her! / ask / him<br /> #She is traveling at night. / they / in the morning<br /> #I'll see this movie later. / with my girlfriend / alone<br /> #The class starts before 8 p.m. / after / goes until<br /> <br /> ====6. Continue the story below:====<br /> <br /> Next weekend I will be very busy. This is because it's my father's birthday. My family and I want to prepare a surprise party for him, so I...<br /> <br /> ====7. Write down as many fruits as you can see in the picture below:====<br /> <br /> [[File:La Boqueria.JPG|500px|La Boqueria]]<br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot;&gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/CP39 | Next Lesson]]&lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Essentials ok]]<br /> <br /> {{Tier4R-sidebar}}</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/4&diff=9174 2021-07-01T23:53:17Z

<p>Gustavo: /* 5. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}} */</p> <hr /> <div>{{#css:olexercises.css}}<br /> <br /> =Pronouns Substitute for Nouns=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> {{Youtube|NY3BFx2p0ZE}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|want}}<br /> {{Def|walk}}<br /> {{Def2|have|fun}}<br /> {{Def2|listen|to}}<br /> {{Def|Japanese}}<br /> {{Def|more}}<br /> {{Def|less}}<br /> {{Def|dishwasher}}<br /> {{Def|with}}<br /> {{Def|other}}<br /> {{Def|dog}}<br /> {{Def|girl}}<br /> {{Def|boy}}<br /> {{Def|my}}<br /> {{Def|your}}<br /> {{Def|father}}<br /> {{Def|mother}}<br /> {{Def|brother}}<br /> {{Def|sister}}<br /> {{Def|car}}<br /> {{Def|family}}<br /> {{Def|movie}}<br /> {{Def|tomorrow}}<br /> {{Def|time}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> *Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> *Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> *Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> *You and Jack need to study more.<br /> *Your father needs to work less.<br /> *The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> *My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> *My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> *My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> *Does your mother get up early every day?<br /> *Do Mike and Jack need support right now?<br /> *Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> *John is an English teacher.<br /> *Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> *I work with her.<br /> *She works with me.<br /> *They listen to us.<br /> *We listen to them.<br /> *He talks to you.<br /> *You talk to him.<br /> *It likes her.<br /> *She likes it.<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> <br /> === 1. Substitute the subject for subject pronouns (I, you, he, she, it, we, you, they). {{#tip-info: Substitua o sujeito por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #Jack<br /> #Susan<br /> #My father<br /> #My sister<br /> #My dog<br /> #My friends<br /> #Jack and Susan<br /> #Jack and I<br /> #My family<br /> #My car<br /> #My cars<br /> <br /> <br /> === 2. Substitute the object for object pronouns (me, you, him, her, it, us, you, them). {{#tip-info: Substitua o objeto por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #Jack<br /> #Susan<br /> #My father<br /> #My sister<br /> #My dog<br /> #My friends<br /> #Jack and Susan<br /> #Jack and I<br /> #My family<br /> #My car<br /> #My cars<br /> <br /> <br /> === 3. Substitute the subject for subject pronouns (I, you, he, she, it, we, you, they). {{#tip-info: Substitua o sujeito por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> #Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> #Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> #Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> #You and Jack need to study more.<br /> #Your father needs to work less.<br /> #The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> #My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> #My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> #My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> #Does your mother get up early every day?<br /> #Do Mike and Jack need support right now?<br /> #Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> #John is an English teacher.<br /> #Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> <br /> <br /> === 4. Substitute the object for object pronouns (me, you, him, her, it, us, you, them). {{#tip-info: Substitua o sujeito por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #We like to work with Jack.<br /> #They want to travel with Susan.<br /> #I like my father.<br /> #I exercise with my sister every day.<br /> #I walk my dog twice a day.<br /> #I always have fun with my friends.<br /> #She studies with Jack and Susan.<br /> #He wants to watch the movie with Jack and I tomorrow.<br /> #I like to relax with my family on the weekend.<br /> #I need to fix my car.<br /> #I want to wash my cars.<br /> <br /> <br /> === 5. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I am happy. -&gt; I am not happy. | I feel happy. -&gt; I don't feel happy.<br /> <br /> #Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> #Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> #Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> #Susan and I need time to rest.<br /> #You and Jack need to study more.<br /> #Your father needs to work less.<br /> #The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> #My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> #My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> #My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> #Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> #John is an English teacher.<br /> #Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> #We like to work with Jack.<br /> #They want to travel with Susan.<br /> #I like my father.<br /> #I exercise with my sister every day.<br /> #I walk my dog twice a day.<br /> #I always have fun with my friends.<br /> #She studies with Jack and Susan.<br /> #He wants to watch the movie with Jack and I tomorrow.<br /> #I like to relax with my family on the weekend.<br /> #I need to fix my car.<br /> #I want to wash my cars.<br /> <br /> ===6. Make the following sentences interrogative.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: You are anxious. -&gt; Are you anxious? | He feels sad. -&gt; Does he feel sad?<br /> <br /> #Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> #Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> #Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> #Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> #You and Jack need to study more.<br /> #Your father needs to work less.<br /> #The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> #My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> #My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> #My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> #Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> #John is an English teacher.<br /> #Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> #We like to work with Jack.<br /> #They want to travel with Susan.<br /> #I like my father.<br /> #I exercise with my sister every day.<br /> #I walk my dog twice a day.<br /> #I always have fun with my friends.<br /> #She studies with Jack and Susan.<br /> #He wants to watch the movie with Jack and I tomorrow.<br /> #I like to relax with my family on the weekend.<br /> #I need to fix my car.<br /> #I want to wash my cars.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===7. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}}===<br /> <br /> #Do you feel tired right now?<br /> #Do you get up early?<br /> #Do you sleep late?<br /> #Do you have a dishwasher?<br /> #Do you exercise at night?<br /> #Do you study in the morning?<br /> #Do you like to listen to rock?<br /> #Do you like to play with dogs?<br /> #Do you need to rest?<br /> #Are you hungry right now?<br /> #Are you thirsty at the moment?<br /> #Are you happy?<br /> #Are you stressed out today?<br /> #Are you a good teacher?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===8. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-4-5</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/2&diff=9173 2021-06-29T16:28:16Z

<p>Gustavo: /* Travel Bites http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/a/a2/T1L2_-_Travel_Bites.mp3 */</p> <hr /> <div>==Grammar==<br /> <br /> {{Youtube|tiy5hE4tYgg}}&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;Pesquise o significado dos seguintes substantivos.<br /> <br /> {{Definition|family}}<br /> {{Definition|friend}}<br /> {{Definition|money}}<br /> {{Definition|sand}}<br /> {{Definition|water}}<br /> {{Definition|car}}<br /> {{Definition|person}}<br /> {{Definition|salt}}<br /> {{Definition|baby}}<br /> {{Definition|milk}}<br /> {{Definition|information}}<br /> {{Definition|music}}<br /> {{Definition|song}}<br /> {{Definition|homework}}<br /> {{Definition|luggage}}<br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;Faça o seguinte exercício. Se cometer algum erro, assista ao vídeo novamente e refaça os exercícios. Não vá adiante até obter um aproveitamento de 100%.<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;&lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> <br /> {Selecione C para contáveis (countable) e U para não contáveis (uncountable):<br /> |type=&quot;()&quot;}<br /> | C | U<br /> +- family<br /> +- friend<br /> -+ money<br /> -+ sand<br /> -+ water<br /> +- car<br /> +- person<br /> -+ salt<br /> +- baby<br /> -+ milk<br /> -+ information<br /> -+ music<br /> +- song<br /> -+ homework<br /> -+ luggage<br /> -+ bread<br /> +- computer<br /> -+ juice<br /> <br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/3/37/T1L2_-_Grammar_exercise.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Pronunciation==<br /> <br /> <br /> ====m====<br /> <br /> *Lábios fechados. <br /> &lt;br&gt;&lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/b/b8/T1L2_-_Pronunciation_M.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot; <br /> !word || IPA<br /> |-<br /> |more || /mɔː/<br /> |-<br /> |hammer || /ˈhæmə/<br /> |-<br /> |sum || /sʌm/<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ====n====<br /> <br /> <br /> *Lábios abertos. <br /> *Língua tocando a parte de trás dos dentes de cima.<br /> *Som na parte da frente da boca. <br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;&lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/6/68/T1L2_-_Pronunciation_N.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot; <br /> !word || IPA<br /> |-<br /> |nice || /naɪs/<br /> |-<br /> |funny || /ˈfʌni/<br /> |-<br /> |sun || /sʌn/<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ====ŋ====<br /> <br /> *Lábios abertos. <br /> *Língua tocando a parte de trás dos dentes de cima. <br /> *Som na parte de trás da boca. <br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;&lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/f/fe/T1L2_-_Pronunciation_NG.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {| class=&quot;prettytable&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot; <br /> !word || IPA<br /> |-<br /> |ring || /rɪŋ/<br /> |-<br /> |anger || /ˈæŋgə/<br /> |-<br /> |thanks || /θæŋks/<br /> |-<br /> |sung || /sʌŋ/ <br /> |}<br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/7/77/T1L2_-_Vocabulary.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;==<br /> <br /> <br /> Days of the week<br /> <br /> *Sunday<br /> *Monday<br /> *Tuesday<br /> *Wednesday<br /> *Thursday<br /> *Friday<br /> *Saturday<br /> *during the week<br /> *on the weekend<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;Usamos a preposição '''on''' com os dias da semana, dias especiais e dias do mês. Então dizemos:<br /> <br /> {{Example|<br /> *I work on Sunday.<br /> **Eu trabalho no domingo.<br /> *I study on Monday.<br /> **Eu estudo na segunda-feira.<br /> *She works at home during the week.<br /> **Ela trabalha em casa durante a semana.<br /> *She studies on the weekend.<br /> **Ela estuda nos finais de semana.<br /> *I travel to the US on Christmas.<br /> **Eu viajo aos Estados Unidos no natal.<br /> *I was born on the 12th of June.<br /> **Eu nasci no dia 12 de junho.<br /> }}<br /> <br /> Note que sempre escrevemos os dias da semana em inglês com letra maiúscula.<br /> <br /> ==Classroom English &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/9/98/T1L2_-_Classroom_English.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;==<br /> Vamos aprender mais frases prontas:<br /> <br /> &lt;div class=&quot;well well-ex&quot;&gt;<br /> * Bye! See you on ___________ .<br /> **Tchau! vejo você na ___________ .<br /> * How was your weekend?<br /> ** Como foi seu final de semana?<br /> * My weekend was good / nice.<br /> **Meu final de semana foi bom.<br /> * See you next week.<br /> ** Vejo você semana que vem<br /> * See you next _______ .<br /> **Vejo você na próxima _______________ .<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Travel Bites &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/a/a2/T1L2_-_Travel_Bites.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;==<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;row&quot;&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;span4&quot;&gt;[[File:Meattemperatures.png|400px|Steak temperatures]]&lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> Quando pedimos carne em um restaurante, frequentemente nos deparamos com a seguinte pergunta:<br /> <br /> &lt;div class=&quot;well well-ex&quot;&gt;<br /> *How would you like your steak?<br /> **Como você quer a sua carne?<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> A resposta deve ser dada usando algum dos seguintes termos para as temperaturas de cozimento: <br /> <br /> *rare<br /> *medium rare<br /> *medium<br /> *medium well<br /> *well done <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> No Brasil, costuma-se comer carnes ao ponto ('''medium well''') ou bem passada ('''well done'''). O que muitos acham que é mal passada, na verdade acaba sendo uma carne '''medium''' ou '''medium rare'''. Então, tome cuidado para não pedir '''rare''' e achar que significa mal passada, porque você vai reclamar que está crua.<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;Para pedir uma carne ao ponto você diria:<br /> <br /> &lt;div class=&quot;well well-ex&quot;&gt;<br /> *I would like my steak medium well, please.<br /> **Eu gostaria da minha carne ao ponto, por favor.<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;div class=&quot;well&quot;&gt;<br /> &lt;span class=&quot;label label-warning&quot;&gt;Challenge&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt; Participe do jogo nos comentários ao final da lição. Diga se a palavra escolhida pelo participante anterior é '''countable''' ou '''uncountable''' e lance um desafio para o próximo participante.<br /> <br /> Exemplo:<br /> <br /> :'''Pen''' is a '''countable''' word.<br /> :Challenge word: '''boat'''<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot;&gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/3|Next lesson]]&lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> {{#widget:DISQUS<br /> |id=jointhegrove<br /> |uniqid={{PAGENAME}}<br /> |url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}<br /> <br /> {{Tier1-sidebar}}</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic&diff=9172 2021-06-20T23:42:09Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>__NOTOC__<br /> {{#css:EssentialsStyles.css}}<br /> <br /> &lt;h2 style&quot;margin-bottom: 10px;&quot;&gt;Basic&lt;/h2&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;div style=&quot;background: #eee; border-radius: .3em; font: 15px 'trebuchet MS', 'lucida sans'; margin: 1.5em; padding: 1em;&quot;&gt;<br /> O curso Basic é um curso experimental de introdução à língua. Ele cobre conceitos básicos de gramática, pronúncia, vocabulário e desenvolve habilidades fundamentais na fala, leitura, compreensão auditiva e composição de textos. Ao final deste curso o aluno terá um vocabulário de no mínimo 1000 palavras, vai saber os principais tempos verbais e vai conseguir realizar conversas básicas em inglês.<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;div class=&quot;acc&quot;&gt;<br /> &lt;h2&gt;Level 1&lt;/h2&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;div&gt;<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/1 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Simple Present&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Helping verb&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Periods of the day&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/2 |<br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Adverbs of Frequency&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Days of the week&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Likes and dislikes&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;At, on, before, after&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]] <br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/3 |<br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;To be&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Very, a little&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Emotions&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Seasons&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/4 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Subject and Object Pronouns&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Exchanging subject and object for pronouns&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Family&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;My, Your&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/5 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/6 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/7 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/8 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/9 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/10 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;h3&gt;CP - Check Point - Review Lessons&lt;/h3&gt;<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/CP1 | CP #1]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/CP2 | CP #2]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;h2&gt;Recursos&lt;/h2&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;div&gt;<br /> Lista de recursos utilizados para o desenvolvimento deste curso.<br /> <br /> BBC Learning English:<br /> http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/grammar/pron/<br /> <br /> Longman Press - Grammar Practice for Elementary<br /> &lt;/div&gt;</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/4&diff=9171 2021-06-20T23:39:11Z

<p>Gustavo: /* Palavras Cruzadas: */</p> <hr /> <div>{{#css:olexercises.css}}<br /> <br /> =Pronouns Substitute for Nouns=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> {{Youtube|NY3BFx2p0ZE}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|want}}<br /> {{Def|walk}}<br /> {{Def2|have|fun}}<br /> {{Def2|listen|to}}<br /> {{Def|Japanese}}<br /> {{Def|more}}<br /> {{Def|less}}<br /> {{Def|dishwasher}}<br /> {{Def|with}}<br /> {{Def|other}}<br /> {{Def|dog}}<br /> {{Def|girl}}<br /> {{Def|boy}}<br /> {{Def|my}}<br /> {{Def|your}}<br /> {{Def|father}}<br /> {{Def|mother}}<br /> {{Def|brother}}<br /> {{Def|sister}}<br /> {{Def|car}}<br /> {{Def|family}}<br /> {{Def|movie}}<br /> {{Def|tomorrow}}<br /> {{Def|time}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> *Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> *Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> *Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> *You and Jack need to study more.<br /> *Your father needs to work less.<br /> *The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> *My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> *My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> *My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> *Does your mother get up early every day?<br /> *Do Mike and Jack need support right now?<br /> *Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> *John is an English teacher.<br /> *Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> *I work with her.<br /> *She works with me.<br /> *They listen to us.<br /> *We listen to them.<br /> *He talks to you.<br /> *You talk to him.<br /> *It likes her.<br /> *She likes it.<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> <br /> === 1. Substitute the subject for subject pronouns (I, you, he, she, it, we, you, they). {{#tip-info: Substitua o sujeito por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #Jack<br /> #Susan<br /> #My father<br /> #My sister<br /> #My dog<br /> #My friends<br /> #Jack and Susan<br /> #Jack and I<br /> #My family<br /> #My car<br /> #My cars<br /> <br /> <br /> === 2. Substitute the object for object pronouns (me, you, him, her, it, us, you, them). {{#tip-info: Substitua o objeto por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #Jack<br /> #Susan<br /> #My father<br /> #My sister<br /> #My dog<br /> #My friends<br /> #Jack and Susan<br /> #Jack and I<br /> #My family<br /> #My car<br /> #My cars<br /> <br /> <br /> === 3. Substitute the subject for subject pronouns (I, you, he, she, it, we, you, they). {{#tip-info: Substitua o sujeito por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> #Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> #Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> #Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> #You and Jack need to study more.<br /> #Your father needs to work less.<br /> #The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> #My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> #My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> #My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> #Does your mother get up early every day?<br /> #Do Mike and Jack need support right now?<br /> #Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> #John is an English teacher.<br /> #Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> <br /> <br /> === 4. Substitute the object for object pronouns (me, you, him, her, it, us, you, them). {{#tip-info: Substitua o sujeito por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #We like to work with Jack.<br /> #They want to travel with Susan.<br /> #I like my father.<br /> #I exercise with my sister every day.<br /> #I walk my dog twice a day.<br /> #I always have fun with my friends.<br /> #She studies with Jack and Susan.<br /> #He wants to watch the movie with Jack and I tomorrow.<br /> #I like to relax with my family on the weekend.<br /> #I need to fix my car.<br /> #I want to wash my cars.<br /> <br /> <br /> === 5. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I am happy. -&gt; I am not happy. | I feel happy. -&gt; I don't feel happy.<br /> <br /> #Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> #Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> #Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> #Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> #You and Jack need to study more.<br /> #Your father needs to work less.<br /> #The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> #My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> #My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> #My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> #Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> #John is an English teacher.<br /> #Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> #We like to work with Jack.<br /> #They want to travel with Susan.<br /> #I like my father.<br /> #I exercise with my sister every day.<br /> #I walk my dog twice a day.<br /> #I always have fun with my friends.<br /> #She studies with Jack and Susan.<br /> #He wants to watch the movie with Jack and I tomorrow.<br /> #I like to relax with my family on the weekend.<br /> #I need to fix my car.<br /> #I want to wash my cars.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Make the following sentences interrogative.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: You are anxious. -&gt; Are you anxious? | He feels sad. -&gt; Does he feel sad?<br /> <br /> #Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> #Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> #Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> #Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> #You and Jack need to study more.<br /> #Your father needs to work less.<br /> #The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> #My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> #My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> #My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> #Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> #John is an English teacher.<br /> #Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> #We like to work with Jack.<br /> #They want to travel with Susan.<br /> #I like my father.<br /> #I exercise with my sister every day.<br /> #I walk my dog twice a day.<br /> #I always have fun with my friends.<br /> #She studies with Jack and Susan.<br /> #He wants to watch the movie with Jack and I tomorrow.<br /> #I like to relax with my family on the weekend.<br /> #I need to fix my car.<br /> #I want to wash my cars.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===7. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}}===<br /> <br /> #Do you feel tired right now?<br /> #Do you get up early?<br /> #Do you sleep late?<br /> #Do you have a dishwasher?<br /> #Do you exercise at night?<br /> #Do you study in the morning?<br /> #Do you like to listen to rock?<br /> #Do you like to play with dogs?<br /> #Do you need to rest?<br /> #Are you hungry right now?<br /> #Are you thirsty at the moment?<br /> #Are you happy?<br /> #Are you stressed out today?<br /> #Are you a good teacher?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===8. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-4-5</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/4&diff=9170 2021-06-20T23:34:12Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>{{#css:olexercises.css}}<br /> <br /> =Pronouns Substitute for Nouns=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> {{Youtube|NY3BFx2p0ZE}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|want}}<br /> {{Def|walk}}<br /> {{Def2|have|fun}}<br /> {{Def2|listen|to}}<br /> {{Def|Japanese}}<br /> {{Def|more}}<br /> {{Def|less}}<br /> {{Def|dishwasher}}<br /> {{Def|with}}<br /> {{Def|other}}<br /> {{Def|dog}}<br /> {{Def|girl}}<br /> {{Def|boy}}<br /> {{Def|my}}<br /> {{Def|your}}<br /> {{Def|father}}<br /> {{Def|mother}}<br /> {{Def|brother}}<br /> {{Def|sister}}<br /> {{Def|car}}<br /> {{Def|family}}<br /> {{Def|movie}}<br /> {{Def|tomorrow}}<br /> {{Def|time}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> &lt;!--html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media--&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> *Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> *Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> *Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> *You and Jack need to study more.<br /> *Your father needs to work less.<br /> *The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> *My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> *My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> *My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> *Does your mother get up early every day?<br /> *Do Mike and Jack need support right now?<br /> *Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> *John is an English teacher.<br /> *Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> *I work with her.<br /> *She works with me.<br /> *They listen to us.<br /> *We listen to them.<br /> *He talks to you.<br /> *You talk to him.<br /> *It likes her.<br /> *She likes it.<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> <br /> === 1. Substitute the subject for subject pronouns (I, you, he, she, it, we, you, they). {{#tip-info: Substitua o sujeito por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #Jack<br /> #Susan<br /> #My father<br /> #My sister<br /> #My dog<br /> #My friends<br /> #Jack and Susan<br /> #Jack and I<br /> #My family<br /> #My car<br /> #My cars<br /> <br /> <br /> === 2. Substitute the object for object pronouns (me, you, him, her, it, us, you, them). {{#tip-info: Substitua o objeto por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #Jack<br /> #Susan<br /> #My father<br /> #My sister<br /> #My dog<br /> #My friends<br /> #Jack and Susan<br /> #Jack and I<br /> #My family<br /> #My car<br /> #My cars<br /> <br /> <br /> === 3. Substitute the subject for subject pronouns (I, you, he, she, it, we, you, they). {{#tip-info: Substitua o sujeito por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> #Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> #Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> #Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> #You and Jack need to study more.<br /> #Your father needs to work less.<br /> #The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> #My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> #My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> #My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> #Does your mother get up early every day?<br /> #Do Mike and Jack need support right now?<br /> #Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> #John is an English teacher.<br /> #Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> <br /> <br /> === 4. Substitute the object for object pronouns (me, you, him, her, it, us, you, them). {{#tip-info: Substitua o sujeito por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #We like to work with Jack.<br /> #They want to travel with Susan.<br /> #I like my father.<br /> #I exercise with my sister every day.<br /> #I walk my dog twice a day.<br /> #I always have fun with my friends.<br /> #She studies with Jack and Susan.<br /> #He wants to watch the movie with Jack and I tomorrow.<br /> #I like to relax with my family on the weekend.<br /> #I need to fix my car.<br /> #I want to wash my cars.<br /> <br /> <br /> === 5. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I am happy. -&gt; I am not happy. | I feel happy. -&gt; I don't feel happy.<br /> <br /> #Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> #Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> #Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> #Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> #You and Jack need to study more.<br /> #Your father needs to work less.<br /> #The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> #My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> #My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> #My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> #Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> #John is an English teacher.<br /> #Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> #We like to work with Jack.<br /> #They want to travel with Susan.<br /> #I like my father.<br /> #I exercise with my sister every day.<br /> #I walk my dog twice a day.<br /> #I always have fun with my friends.<br /> #She studies with Jack and Susan.<br /> #He wants to watch the movie with Jack and I tomorrow.<br /> #I like to relax with my family on the weekend.<br /> #I need to fix my car.<br /> #I want to wash my cars.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Make the following sentences interrogative.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: You are anxious. -&gt; Are you anxious? | He feels sad. -&gt; Does he feel sad?<br /> <br /> #Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> #Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> #Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> #Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> #You and Jack need to study more.<br /> #Your father needs to work less.<br /> #The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> #My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> #My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> #My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> #Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> #John is an English teacher.<br /> #Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> #We like to work with Jack.<br /> #They want to travel with Susan.<br /> #I like my father.<br /> #I exercise with my sister every day.<br /> #I walk my dog twice a day.<br /> #I always have fun with my friends.<br /> #She studies with Jack and Susan.<br /> #He wants to watch the movie with Jack and I tomorrow.<br /> #I like to relax with my family on the weekend.<br /> #I need to fix my car.<br /> #I want to wash my cars.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===7. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}}===<br /> <br /> #Do you feel tired right now?<br /> #Do you get up early?<br /> #Do you sleep late?<br /> #Do you have a dishwasher?<br /> #Do you exercise at night?<br /> #Do you study in the morning?<br /> #Do you like to listen to rock?<br /> #Do you like to play with dogs?<br /> #Do you need to rest?<br /> #Are you hungry right now?<br /> #Are you thirsty at the moment?<br /> #Are you happy?<br /> #Are you stressed out today?<br /> #Are you a good teacher?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===8. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-3-3</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/4&diff=9169 2021-06-20T23:23:01Z

<p>Gustavo: Created page with &quot;{{#css:olexercises.css}} =Pronouns Substitute for Nouns= ==Grammar== {{Youtube|NY3BFx2p0ZE}} ==Vocabulary== Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences....&quot;</p> <hr /> <div>{{#css:olexercises.css}}<br /> <br /> =Pronouns Substitute for Nouns=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> {{Youtube|NY3BFx2p0ZE}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|walk}}<br /> {{Def2|have|fun}}<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Def|Japanese}}<br /> {{Def|more}}<br /> {{Def|less}}<br /> {{Def|dishwasher}}<br /> {{Def|with}}<br /> {{Def|other}}<br /> {{Def|dog}}<br /> {{Def|girl}}<br /> {{Def|boy}}<br /> {{Def|my}}<br /> {{Def|your}}<br /> {{Def|father}}<br /> {{Def|mother}}<br /> {{Def|brother}}<br /> {{Def|sister}}<br /> {{Def|car}}<br /> {{Def|family}}<br /> {{Def|movie}}<br /> {{Def|tomorrow}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> {{Def|}}<br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media&gt; <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> *Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> *Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> *Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> *You and Jack need to study more.<br /> *Your father needs to work less.<br /> *The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> *My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> *My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> *My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> *Does your mother get up early every day?<br /> *Do Mike and Jack need support right now?<br /> *Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> *John is an English teacher.<br /> *Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> *I work with her.<br /> *She works with me.<br /> *They listen to us.<br /> *We listen to them.<br /> *He talks to you.<br /> *You talk to him.<br /> *It likes her.<br /> *She likes it.<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> <br /> === 1. Substitute the subject for subject pronouns (I, you, he, she, it, we, you, they). {{#tip-info: Substitua o sujeito por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #Jack<br /> #Susan<br /> #My father<br /> #My sister<br /> #My dog<br /> #My friends<br /> #Jack and Susan<br /> #Jack and I<br /> #My family<br /> #My car<br /> #My cars<br /> <br /> <br /> === 2. Substitute the object for object pronouns (me, you, him, her, it, us, you, them). {{#tip-info: Substitua o objeto por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #Jack<br /> #Susan<br /> #My father<br /> #My sister<br /> #My dog<br /> #My friends<br /> #Jack and Susan<br /> #Jack and I<br /> #My family<br /> #My car<br /> #My cars<br /> <br /> <br /> === 3. Substitute the subject for subject pronouns (I, you, he, she, it, we, you, they). {{#tip-info: Substitua o sujeito por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> #Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> #Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> #Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> #You and Jack need to study more.<br /> #Your father needs to work less.<br /> #The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> #My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> #My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> #My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> #Does your mother get up early every day?<br /> #Do Mike and Jack need support right now?<br /> #Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> #John is an English teacher.<br /> #Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> <br /> <br /> === 4. Substitute the object for object pronouns (me, you, him, her, it, us, you, them). {{#tip-info: Substitua o sujeito por pronomes.}}===<br /> <br /> #We like to work with Jack.<br /> #They want to travel with Susan.<br /> #I like my father.<br /> #I exercise with my sister every day.<br /> #I walk my dog twice a day.<br /> #I always have fun with my friends.<br /> #She studies with Jack and Susan.<br /> #He wants to watch the movie with Jack and I tomorrow.<br /> #I like to relax with my family on the weekend.<br /> #I need to fix my car.<br /> #I want to wash my cars.<br /> <br /> <br /> === 5. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I am happy. -&gt; I am not happy. | I feel happy. -&gt; I don't feel happy.<br /> <br /> #Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> #Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> #Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> #Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> #You and Jack need to study more.<br /> #Your father needs to work less.<br /> #The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> #My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> #My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> #My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> #Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> #John is an English teacher.<br /> #Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> #We like to work with Jack.<br /> #They want to travel with Susan.<br /> #I like my father.<br /> #I exercise with my sister every day.<br /> #I walk my dog twice a day.<br /> #I always have fun with my friends.<br /> #She studies with Jack and Susan.<br /> #He wants to watch the movie with Jack and I tomorrow.<br /> #I like to relax with my family on the weekend.<br /> #I need to fix my car.<br /> #I want to wash my cars.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Make the following sentences interrogative.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: You are anxious. -&gt; Are you anxious? | He feels sad. -&gt; Does he feel sad?<br /> <br /> #Jack likes to relax on Friday evenings.<br /> #Susan exercises three times a week.<br /> #Jack and Susan like to eat at a Japanese restaurant.<br /> #Susan and I need some time to rest.<br /> #You and Jack need to study more.<br /> #Your father needs to work less.<br /> #The dishwasher washes the dishes.<br /> #My dog likes to play with other dogs.<br /> #My sister likes to play with other girls.<br /> #My brother likes to play with other boys.<br /> #Kelly is an English teacher.<br /> #John is an English teacher.<br /> #Kelly and John are English teachers.<br /> #We like to work with Jack.<br /> #They want to travel with Susan.<br /> #I like my father.<br /> #I exercise with my sister every day.<br /> #I walk my dog twice a day.<br /> #I always have fun with my friends.<br /> #She studies with Jack and Susan.<br /> #He wants to watch the movie with Jack and I tomorrow.<br /> #I like to relax with my family on the weekend.<br /> #I need to fix my car.<br /> #I want to wash my cars.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===7. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}}===<br /> <br /> #Do you feel tired right now?<br /> #Do you get up early?<br /> #Do you sleep late?<br /> #Do you have a dishwasher?<br /> #Do you exercise at night?<br /> #Do you study in the morning?<br /> #Do you like to listen to rock?<br /> #Do you like to play with dogs?<br /> #Do you need to rest?<br /> #Are you hungry right now?<br /> #Are you thirsty at the moment?<br /> #Are you happy?<br /> #Are you stressed out today?<br /> #Are you a good teacher?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===8. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-3-3</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/3&diff=9168 2021-06-19T18:32:49Z

<p>Gustavo: /* 6. Complete the following sentences with the verb to be. {{#tip-info: Complete as seguintes frases com o verbo to be.}} */</p> <hr /> <div>=To Be=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> {{Youtube|LRtMQfTkWYg}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/1/11/Basic_3_-_vocab.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|very}}<br /> {{Def|pretty}}<br /> {{Def|quite}}<br /> {{Def2|a|little}}<br /> {{Def2|a|bit}}<br /> {{Def3|a|little|bit}}<br /> <br /> {{Def3|a|lot|of}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|sad}}<br /> {{Def|happy}}<br /> {{Def|angry}}<br /> {{Def|annoyed}}<br /> {{Def|excited}}<br /> {{Def|anxious}}<br /> {{Def2|stressed|out}}<br /> {{Def|hungry}}<br /> {{Def|thirsty}}<br /> {{Def|tired}}<br /> {{Def|busy}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|feel}}<br /> {{Def|look}}<br /> {{Def|live}}<br /> {{Def|need}}<br /> {{Def|rest}}<br /> {{Def|support}}<br /> {{Def|company}}<br /> {{Def|space}}<br /> {{Def|some}}<br /> {{Def|where}}<br /> {{Def3|at|the|moment}}<br /> {{Def2|right|now}}<br /> {{Def|today}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|spring}}<br /> {{Def|summer}}<br /> {{Def|fall}}<br /> {{Def|winter}}<br /> {{Def|weather}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|good}}<br /> {{Def|bad}}<br /> {{Def|smart}}<br /> {{Def|teacher}}<br /> {{Def|student}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/b/bd/Basic_3-_vocab_notes.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt; <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/9/91/Basic_3_-_sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *Hi. How are you today?<br /> *I'm good, and you?<br /> *I'm fine.<br /> *Not bad.<br /> *I'm O.K.<br /> *I'm tired.<br /> *I'm very busy today.<br /> *I'm pretty excited.<br /> <br /> *How do you feel?<br /> *I feel tired at the moment. I need to rest.<br /> *I feel a little sad. I need company.<br /> *I feel very anxious. I need some support.<br /> *I'm annoyed. I need some space.<br /> *I'm stressed out. I have a lot of work to do. I need to relax.<br /> <br /> *Do you work in the winter?<br /> *Do you travel in the summer?<br /> *Do you study on the weekend?<br /> *Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> *Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> *Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> *Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> *Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> *Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> === 1. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I am happy. -&gt; I am not happy. | I feel happy. -&gt; I don't feel happy.<br /> <br /> #I am sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #I feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #I am hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #I like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs company.<br /> #She needs support.<br /> #I need space.<br /> <br /> ===2. Make the following sentences interrogative.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: You are anxious. -&gt; Are you anxious? | He feels sad. -&gt; Does he feel sad?<br /> <br /> #You are sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #You feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #You are hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #You like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs some company.<br /> #She needs some support.<br /> #You need some space.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===3. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> ===4. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and then give answers.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e depois dê respostas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===5. Now make the following sentences negative and affirmative.{{#tip-info: Agora coloque as seguintes frases nas formas negativa e afirmativa.}}===<br /> <br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> #Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> #Does he work in the winter?<br /> #Does she travel in the summer?<br /> #Does he study on the weekend?<br /> #Does she exercise in the fall?<br /> #Does he like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Complete the following sentences with the verb '''to be'''. {{#tip-info: Complete as seguintes frases com o verbo to be.}}===<br /> <br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> <br /> { To be<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { am _3 } very tired today.<br /> You { are _3 } late.<br /> He { is _3 } early.<br /> She { is _3 } English.<br /> It { is _3 } a pretty good car.<br /> We { are _3 } bad teachers.<br /> You { are _3 } smart students.<br /> They { are _3 } at work.<br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-3-3</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/3&diff=9167 2021-06-19T17:17:17Z

<p>Gustavo: /* 3. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}} */</p> <hr /> <div>=To Be=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> {{Youtube|LRtMQfTkWYg}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/1/11/Basic_3_-_vocab.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|very}}<br /> {{Def|pretty}}<br /> {{Def|quite}}<br /> {{Def2|a|little}}<br /> {{Def2|a|bit}}<br /> {{Def3|a|little|bit}}<br /> <br /> {{Def3|a|lot|of}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|sad}}<br /> {{Def|happy}}<br /> {{Def|angry}}<br /> {{Def|annoyed}}<br /> {{Def|excited}}<br /> {{Def|anxious}}<br /> {{Def2|stressed|out}}<br /> {{Def|hungry}}<br /> {{Def|thirsty}}<br /> {{Def|tired}}<br /> {{Def|busy}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|feel}}<br /> {{Def|look}}<br /> {{Def|live}}<br /> {{Def|need}}<br /> {{Def|rest}}<br /> {{Def|support}}<br /> {{Def|company}}<br /> {{Def|space}}<br /> {{Def|some}}<br /> {{Def|where}}<br /> {{Def3|at|the|moment}}<br /> {{Def2|right|now}}<br /> {{Def|today}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|spring}}<br /> {{Def|summer}}<br /> {{Def|fall}}<br /> {{Def|winter}}<br /> {{Def|weather}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|good}}<br /> {{Def|bad}}<br /> {{Def|smart}}<br /> {{Def|teacher}}<br /> {{Def|student}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/b/bd/Basic_3-_vocab_notes.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt; <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/9/91/Basic_3_-_sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *Hi. How are you today?<br /> *I'm good, and you?<br /> *I'm fine.<br /> *Not bad.<br /> *I'm O.K.<br /> *I'm tired.<br /> *I'm very busy today.<br /> *I'm pretty excited.<br /> <br /> *How do you feel?<br /> *I feel tired at the moment. I need to rest.<br /> *I feel a little sad. I need company.<br /> *I feel very anxious. I need some support.<br /> *I'm annoyed. I need some space.<br /> *I'm stressed out. I have a lot of work to do. I need to relax.<br /> <br /> *Do you work in the winter?<br /> *Do you travel in the summer?<br /> *Do you study on the weekend?<br /> *Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> *Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> *Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> *Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> *Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> *Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> === 1. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I am happy. -&gt; I am not happy. | I feel happy. -&gt; I don't feel happy.<br /> <br /> #I am sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #I feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #I am hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #I like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs company.<br /> #She needs support.<br /> #I need space.<br /> <br /> ===2. Make the following sentences interrogative.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: You are anxious. -&gt; Are you anxious? | He feels sad. -&gt; Does he feel sad?<br /> <br /> #You are sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #You feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #You are hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #You like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs some company.<br /> #She needs some support.<br /> #You need some space.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===3. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> ===4. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and then give answers.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e depois dê respostas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===5. Now make the following sentences negative and affirmative.{{#tip-info: Agora coloque as seguintes frases nas formas negativa e afirmativa.}}===<br /> <br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> #Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> #Does he work in the winter?<br /> #Does she travel in the summer?<br /> #Does he study on the weekend?<br /> #Does she exercise in the fall?<br /> #Does he like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Complete the following sentences with the verb '''to be'''. {{#tip-info: Complete as seguintes frases com o verbo to be.}}===<br /> <br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> <br /> { To work<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { am _3 } very tired today.<br /> You { are _3 } late.<br /> He { is _3 } early.<br /> She { is _3 } English.<br /> It { is _3 } a pretty good car.<br /> We { are _3 } bad teachers.<br /> You { are _3 } smart students.<br /> They { are _3 } at work.<br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-3-3</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=9166 2021-06-18T18:01:04Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div><br /> &lt;p class=&quot;alert alert-warning&quot; role=&quot;alert&quot;&gt;<br /> Aula Intensivo<br /> Sexta-feira, 18 de jun • 20:00 – 21:00<br /> Como participar do Google Meet<br /> Link da videochamada: https://meet.google.com/uei-nkwp-kqo<br /> &lt;/p&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;p class=&quot;alert alert-info&quot; role=&quot;alert&quot;&gt;<br /> Nós temos um grupo de What's App onde postamos conteúdo e oferecemos aulas extras em grupo. Se quiser participar envie um email para: contato@thegrove.com.br<br /> &lt;/p&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;p&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot; &gt;<br /> [[Special:Userlogin | Autenticar-se]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Essentials | Essentials]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Basic | Basic]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Template:L5 | Core]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:EasyReading | Easy Reading]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Portuguese | Portuguese]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Conversation | Conversation]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Biographies | Biographies]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Perguntas Frequentes | FAQ]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;/p&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=9165 2021-06-12T01:36:54Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>&lt;!--<br /> &lt;p class=&quot;alert alert-warning&quot; role=&quot;alert&quot;&gt;<br /> Aula Intensivo<br /> Sexta-feira, 11 de jun • 20:00 – 21:00<br /> Como participar do Google Meet<br /> Link da videochamada: https://meet.google.com/uei-nkwp-kqo<br /> &lt;/p&gt;<br /> --&gt;<br /> &lt;p class=&quot;alert alert-info&quot; role=&quot;alert&quot;&gt;<br /> Nós temos um grupo de What's App onde postamos conteúdo e oferecemos aulas extras em grupo. Se quiser participar envie um email para: contato@thegrove.com.br<br /> &lt;/p&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;p&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot; &gt;<br /> [[Special:Userlogin | Autenticar-se]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Essentials | Essentials]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Basic | Basic]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Template:L5 | Core]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:EasyReading | Easy Reading]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Portuguese | Portuguese]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Conversation | Conversation]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Biographies | Biographies]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Perguntas Frequentes | FAQ]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;/p&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=9164 2021-06-11T21:37:26Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>&lt;p class=&quot;alert alert-warning&quot; role=&quot;alert&quot;&gt;<br /> Aula Intensivo<br /> Sexta-feira, 11 de jun • 20:00 – 21:00<br /> Como participar do Google Meet<br /> Link da videochamada: https://meet.google.com/uei-nkwp-kqo<br /> &lt;/p&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;p class=&quot;alert alert-info&quot; role=&quot;alert&quot;&gt;<br /> Nós temos um grupo de What's App onde postamos conteúdo e oferecemos aulas extras em grupo. Se quiser participar envie um email para: contato@thegrove.com.br<br /> &lt;/p&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;p&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot; &gt;<br /> [[Special:Userlogin | Autenticar-se]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Essentials | Essentials]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Basic | Basic]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Template:L5 | Core]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:EasyReading | Easy Reading]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Portuguese | Portuguese]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Conversation | Conversation]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Biographies | Biographies]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Perguntas Frequentes | FAQ]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;/p&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/3&diff=9163 2021-06-10T23:51:04Z

<p>Gustavo: /* 1. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}} */</p> <hr /> <div>=To Be=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> {{Youtube|LRtMQfTkWYg}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/1/11/Basic_3_-_vocab.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|very}}<br /> {{Def|pretty}}<br /> {{Def|quite}}<br /> {{Def2|a|little}}<br /> {{Def2|a|bit}}<br /> {{Def3|a|little|bit}}<br /> <br /> {{Def3|a|lot|of}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|sad}}<br /> {{Def|happy}}<br /> {{Def|angry}}<br /> {{Def|annoyed}}<br /> {{Def|excited}}<br /> {{Def|anxious}}<br /> {{Def2|stressed|out}}<br /> {{Def|hungry}}<br /> {{Def|thirsty}}<br /> {{Def|tired}}<br /> {{Def|busy}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|feel}}<br /> {{Def|look}}<br /> {{Def|live}}<br /> {{Def|need}}<br /> {{Def|rest}}<br /> {{Def|support}}<br /> {{Def|company}}<br /> {{Def|space}}<br /> {{Def|some}}<br /> {{Def|where}}<br /> {{Def3|at|the|moment}}<br /> {{Def2|right|now}}<br /> {{Def|today}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|spring}}<br /> {{Def|summer}}<br /> {{Def|fall}}<br /> {{Def|winter}}<br /> {{Def|weather}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|good}}<br /> {{Def|bad}}<br /> {{Def|smart}}<br /> {{Def|teacher}}<br /> {{Def|student}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/b/bd/Basic_3-_vocab_notes.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt; <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/9/91/Basic_3_-_sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *Hi. How are you today?<br /> *I'm good, and you?<br /> *I'm fine.<br /> *Not bad.<br /> *I'm O.K.<br /> *I'm tired.<br /> *I'm very busy today.<br /> *I'm pretty excited.<br /> <br /> *How do you feel?<br /> *I feel tired at the moment. I need to rest.<br /> *I feel a little sad. I need company.<br /> *I feel very anxious. I need some support.<br /> *I'm annoyed. I need some space.<br /> *I'm stressed out. I have a lot of work to do. I need to relax.<br /> <br /> *Do you work in the winter?<br /> *Do you travel in the summer?<br /> *Do you study on the weekend?<br /> *Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> *Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> *Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> *Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> *Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> *Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> === 1. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I am happy. -&gt; I am not happy. | I feel happy. -&gt; I don't feel happy.<br /> <br /> #I am sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #I feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #I am hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #I like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs company.<br /> #She needs support.<br /> #I need space.<br /> <br /> ===2. Make the following sentences interrogative.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: You are anxious. -&gt; Are you anxious? | He feels sad. -&gt; Does he feel sad?<br /> <br /> #You are sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #You feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #You are hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #You like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs some company.<br /> #She needs some support.<br /> #You need some space.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===3. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> #Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===4. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and then give answers.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e depois dê respostas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===5. Now make the following sentences negative and affirmative.{{#tip-info: Agora coloque as seguintes frases nas formas negativa e afirmativa.}}===<br /> <br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> #Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> #Does he work in the winter?<br /> #Does she travel in the summer?<br /> #Does he study on the weekend?<br /> #Does she exercise in the fall?<br /> #Does he like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Complete the following sentences with the verb '''to be'''. {{#tip-info: Complete as seguintes frases com o verbo to be.}}===<br /> <br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> <br /> { To work<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { am _3 } very tired today.<br /> You { are _3 } late.<br /> He { is _3 } early.<br /> She { is _3 } English.<br /> It { is _3 } a pretty good car.<br /> We { are _3 } bad teachers.<br /> You { are _3 } smart students.<br /> They { are _3 } at work.<br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-3-3</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/3&diff=9162 2021-06-10T23:07:05Z

<p>Gustavo: /* Sentences */</p> <hr /> <div>=To Be=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> {{Youtube|LRtMQfTkWYg}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/1/11/Basic_3_-_vocab.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|very}}<br /> {{Def|pretty}}<br /> {{Def|quite}}<br /> {{Def2|a|little}}<br /> {{Def2|a|bit}}<br /> {{Def3|a|little|bit}}<br /> <br /> {{Def3|a|lot|of}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|sad}}<br /> {{Def|happy}}<br /> {{Def|angry}}<br /> {{Def|annoyed}}<br /> {{Def|excited}}<br /> {{Def|anxious}}<br /> {{Def2|stressed|out}}<br /> {{Def|hungry}}<br /> {{Def|thirsty}}<br /> {{Def|tired}}<br /> {{Def|busy}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|feel}}<br /> {{Def|look}}<br /> {{Def|live}}<br /> {{Def|need}}<br /> {{Def|rest}}<br /> {{Def|support}}<br /> {{Def|company}}<br /> {{Def|space}}<br /> {{Def|some}}<br /> {{Def|where}}<br /> {{Def3|at|the|moment}}<br /> {{Def2|right|now}}<br /> {{Def|today}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|spring}}<br /> {{Def|summer}}<br /> {{Def|fall}}<br /> {{Def|winter}}<br /> {{Def|weather}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|good}}<br /> {{Def|bad}}<br /> {{Def|smart}}<br /> {{Def|teacher}}<br /> {{Def|student}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/b/bd/Basic_3-_vocab_notes.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt; <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/9/91/Basic_3_-_sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *Hi. How are you today?<br /> *I'm good, and you?<br /> *I'm fine.<br /> *Not bad.<br /> *I'm O.K.<br /> *I'm tired.<br /> *I'm very busy today.<br /> *I'm pretty excited.<br /> <br /> *How do you feel?<br /> *I feel tired at the moment. I need to rest.<br /> *I feel a little sad. I need company.<br /> *I feel very anxious. I need some support.<br /> *I'm annoyed. I need some space.<br /> *I'm stressed out. I have a lot of work to do. I need to relax.<br /> <br /> *Do you work in the winter?<br /> *Do you travel in the summer?<br /> *Do you study on the weekend?<br /> *Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> *Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> *Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> *Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> *Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> *Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> === 1. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I am happy. -&gt; I am not happy. | I feel happy. -&gt; I don't feel happy.<br /> <br /> #I am sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #I feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #I am hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #I like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs some company.<br /> #She needs some support.<br /> #I need some space.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===2. Make the following sentences interrogative.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: You are anxious. -&gt; Are you anxious? | He feels sad. -&gt; Does he feel sad?<br /> <br /> #You are sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #You feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #You are hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #You like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs some company.<br /> #She needs some support.<br /> #You need some space.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===3. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> #Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===4. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and then give answers.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e depois dê respostas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===5. Now make the following sentences negative and affirmative.{{#tip-info: Agora coloque as seguintes frases nas formas negativa e afirmativa.}}===<br /> <br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> #Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> #Does he work in the winter?<br /> #Does she travel in the summer?<br /> #Does he study on the weekend?<br /> #Does she exercise in the fall?<br /> #Does he like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Complete the following sentences with the verb '''to be'''. {{#tip-info: Complete as seguintes frases com o verbo to be.}}===<br /> <br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> <br /> { To work<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { am _3 } very tired today.<br /> You { are _3 } late.<br /> He { is _3 } early.<br /> She { is _3 } English.<br /> It { is _3 } a pretty good car.<br /> We { are _3 } bad teachers.<br /> You { are _3 } smart students.<br /> They { are _3 } at work.<br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-3-3</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/2&diff=9161 2021-06-06T19:17:54Z

<p>Gustavo: /* Vocabulary */</p> <hr /> <div>{{#css:olexercises.css}}<br /> <br /> =Adverbs of Frequency=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> <br /> {{Youtube|gVvd0oPqy4A}}<br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|Sunday}}<br /> {{Def|Monday}}<br /> {{Def|Tuesday}}<br /> {{Def|Wednesday}}<br /> {{Def|Thursday}}<br /> {{Def|Friday}}<br /> {{Def|Saturday}}<br /> {{Def3|on|the|weekend}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|what}}<br /> {{Def|a}}<br /> {{Def|the}}<br /> {{Def|and}}<br /> {{Def|at}}<br /> {{Def|on}}<br /> {{Def|before}}<br /> {{Def|after}}<br /> {{Def|once}}<br /> {{Def|twice}}<br /> {{Def|times}}<br /> {{Def|year}}<br /> <br /> {{Def2|have|breakfast}}<br /> {{Def2|have|lunch}}<br /> {{Def2|have|dinner}}<br /> {{Def|eat}}<br /> {{Def|drink}}<br /> {{Def|exercise}}<br /> {{Def|study}}<br /> {{Def|read}}<br /> {{Def2|get|up}}<br /> {{Def2|sleep|late}}<br /> {{Def3|take|a|break}}<br /> {{Def3|wash|the|dishes}}<br /> {{Def|coffee}}<br /> {{Def|soda}}<br /> {{Def|tea}}<br /> {{Def|cookies}}<br /> {{Def|sandwiches}}<br /> {{Def|English}}<br /> {{Def|French}}<br /> {{Def|supermarket}}<br /> {{Def|park}}<br /> {{Def|usually}}<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> <br /> *What do you do on Monday?<br /> *What do you like to do at night?<br /> *What do you usually do on the weekend?<br /> *What do you usually do in the morning?<br /> *I sometimes exercise in the morning.<br /> *I often play soccer in the afternoon.<br /> *I always work on the weekend.<br /> *I usually watch Netflix at night.<br /> *I never sleep after lunch.<br /> *I always wash the dishes after lunch.<br /> *I sometimes take a break in the afternoon.<br /> *I never have coffee at night.<br /> *I often have tea in the morning.<br /> *I have breakfast at home every day.<br /> *I study English every day.<br /> *I watch movies every week.<br /> *I travel every month.<br /> *I like to read a book at night.<br /> *I like to meditate in the morning.<br /> *I like to have coffee in the morning.<br /> *I like to drink coffee in the afternoon.<br /> *I don't like to sleep late.<br /> *I don't like to study at night.<br /> *I don't like to wash the dishes.<br /> <br /> <br /> =Exercises:=<br /> <br /> ===1. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and changing the action or helping verb.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e mudando o verbo principal ou auxiliar.}}===<br /> Ex.: <br /> I sometimes exercise at night. -&gt; He sometimes exercise'''s''' at night.<br /> <br /> #What do you do on Monday?<br /> #What do you like to do at night?<br /> #What do you usually do on the weekend?<br /> #What do you usually do in the morning?<br /> #I sometimes exercise in the morning.<br /> #I often play soccer in the afternoon.<br /> #I always work on the weekend.<br /> #I usually watch Netflix at night.<br /> #I never sleep after lunch.<br /> #I always wash the dishes after lunch.<br /> #I sometimes take a break in the afternoon.<br /> #I never have coffee at night.<br /> #I often have tea in the morning.<br /> #I have breakfast at home every day.<br /> #I study English every day.<br /> #I watch movies every week.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> #I like to read a book at night.<br /> #I like to meditate in the morning.<br /> #I like to have coffee in the morning.<br /> #I like to drink coffee in the afternoon.<br /> #I don't like to sleep late.<br /> #I don't like to study at night.<br /> #I don't like to wash the dishes.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===2. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: He works at night. -&gt; He doesn't work at night. <br /> <br /> #I exercise in the morning.<br /> #She plays soccer in the afternoon.<br /> #I work on the weekend.<br /> #They watch Netflix at night.<br /> #I sleep after lunch.<br /> #We wash the dishes after lunch.<br /> #He takes a break in the afternoon.<br /> #She has coffee at night.<br /> #I have tea in the morning.<br /> #They have breakfast at home every day.<br /> #We study English every day.<br /> #I watch movies every week.<br /> #You travel every month.<br /> #I like to read a book at night.<br /> #He likes to meditate in the morning.<br /> #She likes to have coffee in the morning.<br /> #We like to drink coffee in the afternoon.<br /> <br /> ===3. Make the following sentences interrogative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo usando &quot;you&quot;.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: He works at night. -&gt; Does he work at night?<br /> <br /> #You sometimes exercise in the morning.<br /> #She often plays soccer in the afternoon.<br /> #We always work on the weekend.<br /> #They usually watch Netflix at night.<br /> #You sleep after lunch.<br /> #We always wash the dishes after lunch.<br /> #He sometimes takes a break in the afternoon.<br /> #She has coffee at night.<br /> #We often have tea in the morning.<br /> #They have breakfast at home every day.<br /> #We study English every day.<br /> #You watch movies every week.<br /> #You travel every month.<br /> #They like to read a book at night.<br /> #He likes to meditate in the morning.<br /> #She likes to have coffee in the morning.<br /> #We like to drink coffee in the afternoon.<br /> <br /> ===4. Add the adverb of frequency in the right place in the sentences.{{#tip-info: Coloque o adverbio de frequência na posição correta na frase.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I work at night. (always) -&gt; I always work at night.<br /> <br /> #I study French. (every day)<br /> #I exercise before I have breakfast. (usually)<br /> #I have lunch at home. (never)<br /> #She washes the dishes at night. (usually)<br /> #They study English on Tuesday. (always)<br /> #We go to the supermarket. (every week)<br /> #He goes to work in the morning. (sometimes)<br /> #They play soccer. (three times a week)<br /> #He travels. (three times a year)<br /> #She travels to India. (sometimes)<br /> #I go to the park. (twice a month)<br /> #We sleep late. (often)<br /> #They read before they go to bed. (usually)<br /> #I have breakfast before I go to work. (always)<br /> #She works after she has lunch. (often)<br /> #We have coffee and a sandwich after we get up. (usually)<br /> #He has cookies. (twice a week)<br /> <br /> ===5. Make a list of things you do on a regular day.{{#tip-info: Faça uma lista das coisas que você faz em um dia normal.}}===<br /> <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Make a list of the things you like to do and things you don't like to do. Use this dictionary: www.wordreference.com {{#tip-info: Faça uma lista das coisas que você gosta de fazer e coisas que não gosta. Uso o dicionário www.wordreference.com}}===<br /> <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> <br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> *What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> *What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Crossword Puzzle:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-2-3</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/3&diff=9160 2021-06-01T03:01:04Z

<p>Gustavo: /* Extra */</p> <hr /> <div>=To Be=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> {{Youtube|LRtMQfTkWYg}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/1/11/Basic_3_-_vocab.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|very}}<br /> {{Def|pretty}}<br /> {{Def|quite}}<br /> {{Def2|a|little}}<br /> {{Def2|a|bit}}<br /> {{Def3|a|little|bit}}<br /> <br /> {{Def3|a|lot|of}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|sad}}<br /> {{Def|happy}}<br /> {{Def|angry}}<br /> {{Def|annoyed}}<br /> {{Def|excited}}<br /> {{Def|anxious}}<br /> {{Def2|stressed|out}}<br /> {{Def|hungry}}<br /> {{Def|thirsty}}<br /> {{Def|tired}}<br /> {{Def|busy}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|feel}}<br /> {{Def|look}}<br /> {{Def|live}}<br /> {{Def|need}}<br /> {{Def|rest}}<br /> {{Def|support}}<br /> {{Def|company}}<br /> {{Def|space}}<br /> {{Def|some}}<br /> {{Def|where}}<br /> {{Def3|at|the|moment}}<br /> {{Def2|right|now}}<br /> {{Def|today}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|spring}}<br /> {{Def|summer}}<br /> {{Def|fall}}<br /> {{Def|winter}}<br /> {{Def|weather}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|good}}<br /> {{Def|bad}}<br /> {{Def|smart}}<br /> {{Def|teacher}}<br /> {{Def|student}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/b/bd/Basic_3-_vocab_notes.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt; <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/9/91/Basic_3_-_sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *Hi. How are you today?<br /> *I'm good, and you?<br /> *I'm fine.<br /> *Not bad.<br /> *I'm O.K.<br /> *I'm tired.<br /> *I'm very busy today.<br /> *I'm pretty excited.<br /> <br /> *How do you feel?<br /> *I feel tired at the moment. I need to rest.<br /> *I feel a little sad. I need company.<br /> *I feel very anxious. I need some support.<br /> *I'm annoyed. I need some space.<br /> *I'm stressed out. I have a lot of work to do. I need to relax.<br /> <br /> *Do you work in the winter?<br /> *Do you travel in the summer?<br /> *Do you study on the weekend?<br /> *Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> *Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> *Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> *Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> *Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> *Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> *Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> === 1. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I am happy. -&gt; I am not happy. | I feel happy. -&gt; I don't feel happy.<br /> <br /> #I am sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #I feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #I am hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #I like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs some company.<br /> #She needs some support.<br /> #I need some space.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===2. Make the following sentences interrogative.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: You are anxious. -&gt; Are you anxious? | He feels sad. -&gt; Does he feel sad?<br /> <br /> #You are sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #You feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #You are hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #You like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs some company.<br /> #She needs some support.<br /> #You need some space.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===3. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> #Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===4. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and then give answers.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e depois dê respostas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===5. Now make the following sentences negative and affirmative.{{#tip-info: Agora coloque as seguintes frases nas formas negativa e afirmativa.}}===<br /> <br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> #Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> #Does he work in the winter?<br /> #Does she travel in the summer?<br /> #Does he study on the weekend?<br /> #Does she exercise in the fall?<br /> #Does he like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Complete the following sentences with the verb '''to be'''. {{#tip-info: Complete as seguintes frases com o verbo to be.}}===<br /> <br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> <br /> { To work<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { am _3 } very tired today.<br /> You { are _3 } late.<br /> He { is _3 } early.<br /> She { is _3 } English.<br /> It { is _3 } a pretty good car.<br /> We { are _3 } bad teachers.<br /> You { are _3 } smart students.<br /> They { are _3 } at work.<br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-3-3</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Sandbox&diff=9159 2021-06-01T02:52:49Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>&lt;btn&gt;<br /> Menu<br /> *One<br /> **Two<br /> ***Three<br /> ***Three<br /> *One<br /> **Two<br /> &lt;/btn&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;btn size=&quot;lg&quot;&gt;<br /> |&lt;span class=&quot;fa fa-headphones&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt; Listen:<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/8/86/Basic_1_-_Sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> &lt;/btn&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/8/86/Basic_1_-_Sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;btn data-toggle=&quot;tooltip&quot; title=&quot;this is my tooltip&quot;&gt;<br /> Tooltip Button<br /> &lt;/btn&gt;<br /> <br /> =='''in'''==<br /> ==='''in'''===<br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;btn class=&quot;btn-primary&quot;&gt;<br /> Classy<br /> Buttons<br /> &lt;/btn&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Modal|Simple Present|{{Youtube|LDI0neSt6CQ}}}}</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/3&diff=9158 2021-06-01T02:46:55Z

<p>Gustavo: /* Vocabulary Notes */</p> <hr /> <div>=To Be=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> {{Youtube|LRtMQfTkWYg}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/1/11/Basic_3_-_vocab.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|very}}<br /> {{Def|pretty}}<br /> {{Def|quite}}<br /> {{Def2|a|little}}<br /> {{Def2|a|bit}}<br /> {{Def3|a|little|bit}}<br /> <br /> {{Def3|a|lot|of}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|sad}}<br /> {{Def|happy}}<br /> {{Def|angry}}<br /> {{Def|annoyed}}<br /> {{Def|excited}}<br /> {{Def|anxious}}<br /> {{Def2|stressed|out}}<br /> {{Def|hungry}}<br /> {{Def|thirsty}}<br /> {{Def|tired}}<br /> {{Def|busy}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|feel}}<br /> {{Def|look}}<br /> {{Def|live}}<br /> {{Def|need}}<br /> {{Def|rest}}<br /> {{Def|support}}<br /> {{Def|company}}<br /> {{Def|space}}<br /> {{Def|some}}<br /> {{Def|where}}<br /> {{Def3|at|the|moment}}<br /> {{Def2|right|now}}<br /> {{Def|today}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|spring}}<br /> {{Def|summer}}<br /> {{Def|fall}}<br /> {{Def|winter}}<br /> {{Def|weather}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|good}}<br /> {{Def|bad}}<br /> {{Def|smart}}<br /> {{Def|teacher}}<br /> {{Def|student}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/b/bd/Basic_3-_vocab_notes.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt; <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/9/91/Basic_3_-_sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *Hi. How are you today?<br /> *I'm good, and you?<br /> *I'm fine.<br /> *Not bad.<br /> *I'm O.K.<br /> *I'm tired.<br /> *I'm very busy today.<br /> *I'm pretty excited.<br /> <br /> *How do you feel?<br /> *I feel tired at the moment. I need to rest.<br /> *I feel a little sad. I need company.<br /> *I feel very anxious. I need some support.<br /> *I'm annoyed. I need some space.<br /> *I'm stressed out. I have a lot of work to do. I need to relax.<br /> <br /> *Do you work in the winter?<br /> *Do you travel in the summer?<br /> *Do you study on the weekend?<br /> *Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> *Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> *Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> *Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> *Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> *Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> *Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> === 1. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I am happy. -&gt; I am not happy. | I feel happy. -&gt; I don't feel happy.<br /> <br /> #I am sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #I feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #I am hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #I like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs some company.<br /> #She needs some support.<br /> #I need some space.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===2. Make the following sentences interrogative.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: You are anxious. -&gt; Are you anxious? | He feels sad. -&gt; Does he feel sad?<br /> <br /> #You are sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #You feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #You are hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #You like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs some company.<br /> #She needs some support.<br /> #You need some space.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===3. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> #Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===4. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and then give answers.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e depois dê respostas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===5. Now make the following sentences negative and affirmative.{{#tip-info: Agora coloque as seguintes frases nas formas negativa e afirmativa.}}===<br /> <br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> #Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> #Does he work in the winter?<br /> #Does she travel in the summer?<br /> #Does he study on the weekend?<br /> #Does she exercise in the fall?<br /> #Does he like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Complete the following sentences with the verb '''to be'''. {{#tip-info: Complete as seguintes frases com o verbo to be.}}===<br /> <br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> <br /> { To work<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { am _3 } very tired today.<br /> You { are _3 } late.<br /> He { is _3 } early.<br /> She { is _3 } English.<br /> It { is _3 } a pretty good car.<br /> We { are _3 } bad teachers.<br /> You { are _3 } smart students.<br /> They { are _3 } at work.<br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> &lt;!--<br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/.....<br /> --&gt;</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/3&diff=9157 2021-06-01T02:46:29Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>=To Be=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> {{Youtube|LRtMQfTkWYg}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/1/11/Basic_3_-_vocab.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|very}}<br /> {{Def|pretty}}<br /> {{Def|quite}}<br /> {{Def2|a|little}}<br /> {{Def2|a|bit}}<br /> {{Def3|a|little|bit}}<br /> <br /> {{Def3|a|lot|of}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|sad}}<br /> {{Def|happy}}<br /> {{Def|angry}}<br /> {{Def|annoyed}}<br /> {{Def|excited}}<br /> {{Def|anxious}}<br /> {{Def2|stressed|out}}<br /> {{Def|hungry}}<br /> {{Def|thirsty}}<br /> {{Def|tired}}<br /> {{Def|busy}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|feel}}<br /> {{Def|look}}<br /> {{Def|live}}<br /> {{Def|need}}<br /> {{Def|rest}}<br /> {{Def|support}}<br /> {{Def|company}}<br /> {{Def|space}}<br /> {{Def|some}}<br /> {{Def|where}}<br /> {{Def3|at|the|moment}}<br /> {{Def2|right|now}}<br /> {{Def|today}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|spring}}<br /> {{Def|summer}}<br /> {{Def|fall}}<br /> {{Def|winter}}<br /> {{Def|weather}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|good}}<br /> {{Def|bad}}<br /> {{Def|smart}}<br /> {{Def|teacher}}<br /> {{Def|student}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/b/bd/Basic_3-_vocab_notes.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt; <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/9/91/Basic_3_-_sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *Hi. How are you today?<br /> *I'm good, and you?<br /> *I'm fine.<br /> *Not bad.<br /> *I'm O.K.<br /> *I'm tired.<br /> *I'm very busy today.<br /> *I'm pretty excited.<br /> <br /> *How do you feel?<br /> *I feel tired at the moment. I need to rest.<br /> *I feel a little sad. I need company.<br /> *I feel very anxious. I need some support.<br /> *I'm annoyed. I need some space.<br /> *I'm stressed out. I have a lot of work to do. I need to relax.<br /> <br /> *Do you work in the winter?<br /> *Do you travel in the summer?<br /> *Do you study on the weekend?<br /> *Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> *Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> *Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> *Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> *Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> *Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> *Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> === 1. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I am happy. -&gt; I am not happy. | I feel happy. -&gt; I don't feel happy.<br /> <br /> #I am sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #I feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #I am hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #I like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs some company.<br /> #She needs some support.<br /> #I need some space.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===2. Make the following sentences interrogative.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: You are anxious. -&gt; Are you anxious? | He feels sad. -&gt; Does he feel sad?<br /> <br /> #You are sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #You feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #You are hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #You like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs some company.<br /> #She needs some support.<br /> #You need some space.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===3. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> #Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===4. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and then give answers.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e depois dê respostas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===5. Now make the following sentences negative and affirmative.{{#tip-info: Agora coloque as seguintes frases nas formas negativa e afirmativa.}}===<br /> <br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> #Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> #Does he work in the winter?<br /> #Does she travel in the summer?<br /> #Does he study on the weekend?<br /> #Does she exercise in the fall?<br /> #Does he like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Complete the following sentences with the verb '''to be'''. {{#tip-info: Complete as seguintes frases com o verbo to be.}}===<br /> <br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> <br /> { To work<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { am _3 } very tired today.<br /> You { are _3 } late.<br /> He { is _3 } early.<br /> She { is _3 } English.<br /> It { is _3 } a pretty good car.<br /> We { are _3 } bad teachers.<br /> You { are _3 } smart students.<br /> They { are _3 } at work.<br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> &lt;!--<br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/.....<br /> --&gt;</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=File:Basic_3_-_sentences.mp3&diff=9156 2021-06-01T02:46:13Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div></div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=File:Basic_3_-_vocab.mp3&diff=9155 2021-06-01T02:45:27Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div></div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=File:Basic_3-_vocab_notes.mp3&diff=9154 2021-06-01T02:45:06Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div></div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic&diff=9152 2021-06-01T02:21:27Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>__NOTOC__<br /> {{#css:EssentialsStyles.css}}<br /> <br /> &lt;h2 style&quot;margin-bottom: 10px;&quot;&gt;Basic&lt;/h2&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;div style=&quot;background: #eee; border-radius: .3em; font: 15px 'trebuchet MS', 'lucida sans'; margin: 1.5em; padding: 1em;&quot;&gt;<br /> O curso Basic é um curso experimental de introdução à língua. Ele cobre conceitos básicos de gramática, pronúncia, vocabulário e desenvolve habilidades fundamentais na fala, leitura, compreensão auditiva e composição de textos. Ao final deste curso o aluno terá um vocabulário de no mínimo 1000 palavras, vai saber os principais tempos verbais e vai conseguir realizar conversas básicas em inglês.<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;div class=&quot;acc&quot;&gt;<br /> &lt;h2&gt;Level 1&lt;/h2&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;div&gt;<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/1 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Simple Present&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Helping verb&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Periods of the day&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/2 |<br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Adverbs of Frequency&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Days of the week&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Likes and dislikes&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;At, on, before, after&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]] <br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/3 |<br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;To be&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Very, a little&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Emotions&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt;Seasons&lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/4 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/5 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/6 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/7 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/8 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/9 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/10 | <br /> &lt;ul&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;li&gt; &lt;/li&gt;<br /> &lt;/ul&gt;]]<br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;h3&gt;CP - Check Point - Review Lessons&lt;/h3&gt;<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/CP1 | CP #1]]<br /> #[[Lesson:Basic/CP2 | CP #2]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;h2&gt;Recursos&lt;/h2&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;div&gt;<br /> Lista de recursos utilizados para o desenvolvimento deste curso.<br /> <br /> BBC Learning English:<br /> http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/grammar/pron/<br /> <br /> Longman Press - Grammar Practice for Elementary<br /> &lt;/div&gt;</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/3&diff=9151 2021-05-31T02:43:22Z

<p>Gustavo: Created page with &quot;=To Be= ==Grammar== {{Youtube|LRtMQfTkWYg}} ==Vocabulary== Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depo...&quot;</p> <hr /> <div>=To Be=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> {{Youtube|LRtMQfTkWYg}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;!-- &lt;html5media&gt; &lt;/html5media&gt; --&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|very}}<br /> {{Def|pretty}}<br /> {{Def|quite}}<br /> {{Def2|a|little}}<br /> {{Def2|a|bit}}<br /> {{Def3|a|little|bit}}<br /> <br /> {{Def3|a|lot|of}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|sad}}<br /> {{Def|happy}}<br /> {{Def|angry}}<br /> {{Def|annoyed}}<br /> {{Def|excited}}<br /> {{Def|anxious}}<br /> {{Def2|stressed|out}}<br /> {{Def|hungry}}<br /> {{Def|thirsty}}<br /> {{Def|tired}}<br /> {{Def|busy}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|feel}}<br /> {{Def|look}}<br /> {{Def|live}}<br /> {{Def|need}}<br /> {{Def|rest}}<br /> {{Def|support}}<br /> {{Def|company}}<br /> {{Def|space}}<br /> {{Def|some}}<br /> {{Def|where}}<br /> {{Def3|at|the|moment}}<br /> {{Def2|right|now}}<br /> {{Def|today}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|spring}}<br /> {{Def|summer}}<br /> {{Def|fall}}<br /> {{Def|winter}}<br /> {{Def|weather}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|good}}<br /> {{Def|bad}}<br /> {{Def|smart}}<br /> {{Def|teacher}}<br /> {{Def|student}}<br /> <br /> &lt;!--<br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt; &lt;/html5media&gt; --&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> &lt;!--<br /> &lt;html5media&gt; &lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> --&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *Hi. How are you today?<br /> *I'm good, and you?<br /> *I'm fine.<br /> *Not bad.<br /> *I'm O.K.<br /> *I'm tired.<br /> *I'm very busy today.<br /> *I'm pretty excited.<br /> <br /> *How do you feel?<br /> *I feel tired at the moment. I need to rest.<br /> *I feel a little sad. I need company.<br /> *I feel very anxious. I need some support.<br /> *I'm annoyed. I need some space.<br /> *I'm stressed out. I have a lot of work to do. I need to relax.<br /> <br /> *Do you work in the winter?<br /> *Do you travel in the summer?<br /> *Do you study on the weekend?<br /> *Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> *Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> *Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> *Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> *Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> *Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> *Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> === 1. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I am happy. -&gt; I am not happy. | I feel happy. -&gt; I don't feel happy.<br /> <br /> #I am sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #I feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #I am hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #I like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs some company.<br /> #She needs some support.<br /> #I need some space.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===2. Make the following sentences interrogative.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: You are anxious. -&gt; Are you anxious? | He feels sad. -&gt; Does he feel sad?<br /> <br /> #You are sad.<br /> #He is happy.<br /> #She is excited.<br /> #They are tired.<br /> #You feel anxious.<br /> #He feels happy.<br /> #They feel sad.<br /> #You are hungry.<br /> #He is thirsty.<br /> #They are busy right now.<br /> #You like to exercise in the spring.<br /> #He likes to work at night.<br /> #They like to study in the morning.<br /> #We need to rest.<br /> #He needs some company.<br /> #She needs some support.<br /> #You need some space.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===3. Answer the questions. {{#tip-info: 1. Responda as perguntas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> #Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===4. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and then give answers.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e depois dê respostas.}}===<br /> <br /> #How are you today?<br /> #How do you feel at the moment?<br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===5. Now make the following sentences negative and affirmative.{{#tip-info: Agora coloque as seguintes frases nas formas negativa e afirmativa.}}===<br /> <br /> #Do you work in the winter?<br /> #Do you travel in the summer?<br /> #Do you study on the weekend?<br /> #Do you exercise in the fall?<br /> #Do you like the weather in the spring?<br /> #Is it cold in the winter where you live?<br /> #Is it hot in the summer where you live?<br /> #Is it warm in the spring where you live?<br /> #Is it cool in the fall where you live?<br /> #Is it chilly in the fall where you live?<br /> #Does he work in the winter?<br /> #Does she travel in the summer?<br /> #Does he study on the weekend?<br /> #Does she exercise in the fall?<br /> #Does he like the weather in the spring?<br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Complete the following sentences with the verb '''to be'''. {{#tip-info: Complete as seguintes frases com o verbo to be.}}===<br /> <br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> <br /> { To work<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { am _3 } very tired today.<br /> You { are _3 } late.<br /> He { is _3 } early.<br /> She { is _3 } English.<br /> It { is _3 } a pretty good car.<br /> We { are _3 } bad teachers.<br /> You { are _3 } smart students.<br /> They { are _3 } at work.<br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> &lt;!--<br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/.....<br /> --&gt;</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/2&diff=9150 2021-05-30T16:39:34Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>{{#css:olexercises.css}}<br /> <br /> =Adverbs of Frequency=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> <br /> {{Youtube|gVvd0oPqy4A}}<br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|Sunday}}<br /> {{Def|Monday}}<br /> {{Def|Tuesday}}<br /> {{Def|Wednesday}}<br /> {{Def|Thursday}}<br /> {{Def|Friday}}<br /> {{Def|Saturday}}<br /> {{Def3|on|the|weekend}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|what}}<br /> {{Def|a}}<br /> {{Def|the}}<br /> {{Def|and}}<br /> {{Def|at}}<br /> {{Def|on}}<br /> {{Def|before}}<br /> {{Def|after}}<br /> {{Def|once}}<br /> {{Def|twice}}<br /> {{Def|times}}<br /> {{Def|year}}<br /> <br /> {{Def2|have|breakfast}}<br /> {{Def2|have|lunch}}<br /> {{Def2|have|dinner}}<br /> {{Def|eat}}<br /> {{Def|drink}}<br /> {{Def|exercise}}<br /> {{Def|study}}<br /> {{Def|read}}<br /> {{Def2|get|up}}<br /> {{Def2|sleep|late}}<br /> {{Def3|take|a|break}}<br /> {{Def3|wash|the|dishes}}<br /> {{Def|coffee}}<br /> {{Def|soda}}<br /> {{Def|tea}}<br /> {{Def|cookies}}<br /> {{Def|sandwiches}}<br /> {{Def|English}}<br /> {{Def|French}}<br /> {{Def|supermarket}}<br /> {{Def|park}}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> <br /> *What do you do on Monday?<br /> *What do you like to do at night?<br /> *What do you usually do on the weekend?<br /> *What do you usually do in the morning?<br /> *I sometimes exercise in the morning.<br /> *I often play soccer in the afternoon.<br /> *I always work on the weekend.<br /> *I usually watch Netflix at night.<br /> *I never sleep after lunch.<br /> *I always wash the dishes after lunch.<br /> *I sometimes take a break in the afternoon.<br /> *I never have coffee at night.<br /> *I often have tea in the morning.<br /> *I have breakfast at home every day.<br /> *I study English every day.<br /> *I watch movies every week.<br /> *I travel every month.<br /> *I like to read a book at night.<br /> *I like to meditate in the morning.<br /> *I like to have coffee in the morning.<br /> *I like to drink coffee in the afternoon.<br /> *I don't like to sleep late.<br /> *I don't like to study at night.<br /> *I don't like to wash the dishes.<br /> <br /> <br /> =Exercises:=<br /> <br /> ===1. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and changing the action or helping verb.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e mudando o verbo principal ou auxiliar.}}===<br /> Ex.: <br /> I sometimes exercise at night. -&gt; He sometimes exercise'''s''' at night.<br /> <br /> #What do you do on Monday?<br /> #What do you like to do at night?<br /> #What do you usually do on the weekend?<br /> #What do you usually do in the morning?<br /> #I sometimes exercise in the morning.<br /> #I often play soccer in the afternoon.<br /> #I always work on the weekend.<br /> #I usually watch Netflix at night.<br /> #I never sleep after lunch.<br /> #I always wash the dishes after lunch.<br /> #I sometimes take a break in the afternoon.<br /> #I never have coffee at night.<br /> #I often have tea in the morning.<br /> #I have breakfast at home every day.<br /> #I study English every day.<br /> #I watch movies every week.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> #I like to read a book at night.<br /> #I like to meditate in the morning.<br /> #I like to have coffee in the morning.<br /> #I like to drink coffee in the afternoon.<br /> #I don't like to sleep late.<br /> #I don't like to study at night.<br /> #I don't like to wash the dishes.<br /> <br /> <br /> ===2. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: He works at night. -&gt; He doesn't work at night. <br /> <br /> #I exercise in the morning.<br /> #She plays soccer in the afternoon.<br /> #I work on the weekend.<br /> #They watch Netflix at night.<br /> #I sleep after lunch.<br /> #We wash the dishes after lunch.<br /> #He takes a break in the afternoon.<br /> #She has coffee at night.<br /> #I have tea in the morning.<br /> #They have breakfast at home every day.<br /> #We study English every day.<br /> #I watch movies every week.<br /> #You travel every month.<br /> #I like to read a book at night.<br /> #He likes to meditate in the morning.<br /> #She likes to have coffee in the morning.<br /> #We like to drink coffee in the afternoon.<br /> <br /> ===3. Make the following sentences interrogative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo usando &quot;you&quot;.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: He works at night. -&gt; Does he work at night?<br /> <br /> #You sometimes exercise in the morning.<br /> #She often plays soccer in the afternoon.<br /> #We always work on the weekend.<br /> #They usually watch Netflix at night.<br /> #You sleep after lunch.<br /> #We always wash the dishes after lunch.<br /> #He sometimes takes a break in the afternoon.<br /> #She has coffee at night.<br /> #We often have tea in the morning.<br /> #They have breakfast at home every day.<br /> #We study English every day.<br /> #You watch movies every week.<br /> #You travel every month.<br /> #They like to read a book at night.<br /> #He likes to meditate in the morning.<br /> #She likes to have coffee in the morning.<br /> #We like to drink coffee in the afternoon.<br /> <br /> ===4. Add the adverb of frequency in the right place in the sentences.{{#tip-info: Coloque o adverbio de frequência na posição correta na frase.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I work at night. (always) -&gt; I always work at night.<br /> <br /> #I study French. (every day)<br /> #I exercise before I have breakfast. (usually)<br /> #I have lunch at home. (never)<br /> #She washes the dishes at night. (usually)<br /> #They study English on Tuesday. (always)<br /> #We go to the supermarket. (every week)<br /> #He goes to work in the morning. (sometimes)<br /> #They play soccer. (three times a week)<br /> #He travels. (three times a year)<br /> #She travels to India. (sometimes)<br /> #I go to the park. (twice a month)<br /> #We sleep late. (often)<br /> #They read before they go to bed. (usually)<br /> #I have breakfast before I go to work. (always)<br /> #She works after she has lunch. (often)<br /> #We have coffee and a sandwich after we get up. (usually)<br /> #He has cookies. (twice a week)<br /> <br /> ===5. Make a list of things you do on a regular day.{{#tip-info: Faça uma lista das coisas que você faz em um dia normal.}}===<br /> <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> <br /> <br /> ===6. Make a list of the things you like to do and things you don't like to do. Use this dictionary: www.wordreference.com {{#tip-info: Faça uma lista das coisas que você gosta de fazer e coisas que não gosta. Uso o dicionário www.wordreference.com}}===<br /> <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> # <br /> <br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> *What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> *What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Crossword Puzzle:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-2-3</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=9149 2021-05-29T12:05:27Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>&lt;p class=&quot;alert alert-info&quot; role=&quot;alert&quot;&gt;<br /> Nós temos um grupo de What's App onde postamos conteúdo e oferecemos aulas extras em grupo. Se quiser participar envie um email para: contato@thegrove.com.br<br /> &lt;/p&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;p&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot; &gt;<br /> [[Special:Userlogin | Autenticar-se]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Essentials | Essentials]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Basic | Basic]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Template:L5 | Core]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:EasyReading | Easy Reading]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Portuguese | Portuguese]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Conversation | Conversation]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Lesson:Biographies | Biographies]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;nextlessonbtn&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&quot;&gt;<br /> [[Perguntas Frequentes | FAQ]]<br /> &lt;/div&gt;<br /> &lt;/p&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/1&diff=9148 2021-05-29T02:47:28Z

<p>Gustavo: /* Extra */</p> <hr /> <div>=Simple Present=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> <br /> {{Youtube|30qk3a4ycYk}}<br /> <br /> ===Conjulgue os seguintes verbos no Simple Present:===<br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> { To work<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { work _4 }<br /> You { work _4 }<br /> He { works _5 }<br /> She { works _5 }<br /> It { works _5 }<br /> We { work _4 }<br /> You { work _4 }<br /> They { work _4 }<br /> <br /> { To travel<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { travel _6 }<br /> You { travel _6 }<br /> He { travels _7 }<br /> She { travels _7 }<br /> It { travels _7 }<br /> We { travel _6 }<br /> You { travel _6 }<br /> They { travel _6 }<br /> <br /> { To play<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { play _4 }<br /> You { play _4 }<br /> He { plays _5 }<br /> She { plays _5 }<br /> It { plays _5 }<br /> We { play _4 }<br /> You { play _4 }<br /> They { play _4 }<br /> <br /> { To try<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { try _3 }<br /> You { try _3 }<br /> He { tries _5 }<br /> She { tries _5 }<br /> It { tries _5 }<br /> We { try _3 }<br /> You { try _3 }<br /> They { try _3 }<br /> <br /> { To relax<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { relax _5 }<br /> You { relax _5 }<br /> He { relaxes _7 }<br /> She { relaxes _7 }<br /> It { relaxes _7 }<br /> We { relax _5 }<br /> You { relax _5 }<br /> They { relax _5 }<br /> <br /> { To miss<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { miss _4 }<br /> You { miss _4 }<br /> He { misses _6 }<br /> She { misses _6 }<br /> It { misses _6 }<br /> We { miss _4 }<br /> You { miss _4 }<br /> They { miss _4 }<br /> <br /> { To watch<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { watch _5 }<br /> You { watch _5 }<br /> He { watches _7 }<br /> She { watches _7 }<br /> It { watches _7 }<br /> We { watch _5 }<br /> You { watch _5 }<br /> They { watch _5 }<br /> <br /> { To wash<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { wash _4 }<br /> You { wash _4 }<br /> He { washes _6 }<br /> She { washes _6 }<br /> It { washes _6 }<br /> We { wash _4 }<br /> You { wash _4 }<br /> They { wash _4 }<br /> <br /> { To go<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { go _2 }<br /> You { go _2 }<br /> He { goes _4 }<br /> She { goes _4 }<br /> It { goes _4 }<br /> We { go _2 }<br /> You { go _2 }<br /> They { go _2 }<br /> <br /> { To do<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { do _2 }<br /> You { do _2 }<br /> He { does _4 }<br /> She { does _4 }<br /> It { does _4 }<br /> We { do _2 }<br /> You { do _2 }<br /> They { do _2 }<br /> <br /> {Conjulgue os seguintes verbos na forma negativa:}<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> { To ask (use &quot;do not&quot; e &quot;does not&quot;)<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { do not ask _10 } <br /> You { do not ask _10 }<br /> He { does not ask _12 }<br /> She { does not ask _12 }<br /> It { does not ask _12 }<br /> We { do not ask _10 }<br /> You { do not ask _10 }<br /> They { do not ask _10 }<br /> <br /> { To fix (use &quot;don't&quot; e &quot;doesn't&quot;)<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { don't fix _9 } <br /> You { don't fix _9 }<br /> He { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> She { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> It { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> We { don't fix _9 }<br /> You { don't fix _9 }<br /> They { don't fix _9 }<br /> <br /> {Conjulgue os seguintes verbos na forma interrogativa:}<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> { To give<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { Do I give? _10 }<br /> You { Do you give? _12 }<br /> He { Does he give? _13 }<br /> She { Does she give? _14 }<br /> It { Does it give? _13 }<br /> We { Do we give? _11 }<br /> You { Do you give? _12 }<br /> They { Do they give? _13 }<br /> <br /> { To wash<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { Do I wash? _10 }<br /> You { Do you wash? _12 }<br /> He { Does he wash? _13 }<br /> She { Does she wash? _14 }<br /> It { Does it wash? _13 }<br /> We { Do we wash? _11 }<br /> You { Do you wash? _12 }<br /> They { Do they wash? _13 }<br /> <br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> ====Answers====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/8/8b/Basic_1_-_Grammar_Exercise_Answers.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/e/ea/Basic_1_-_Vocab.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|do}}<br /> {{Def|go}}<br /> {{Def|relax}}<br /> {{Def|miss}}<br /> {{Def|wash}}<br /> {{Def|watch}}<br /> {{Def|try}}<br /> {{Def|cry}}<br /> {{Def|play}}<br /> {{Def|listen}}<br /> {{Def|exercise}}<br /> {{Def|like}}<br /> {{Def2|wake|up}}<br /> {{Def3|go|to|bed}}<br /> <br /> {{Def3|in|the|morning}}<br /> {{Def3|in|the|afternoon}}<br /> {{Def3|in|the|evening}}<br /> {{Def2|at|night}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|music}}<br /> {{Def|homework}}<br /> {{Def|sad}}<br /> {{Def|when}}<br /> {{Def|every}}<br /> {{Def|day}}<br /> {{Def|week}}<br /> {{Def|month}}<br /> {{Def|dishes}}<br /> {{Def|early}}<br /> {{Def|late}}<br /> {{Def|sometimes}}<br /> {{Def|often}}<br /> {{Def|always}}<br /> {{Def|never}}<br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/3/38/Basic_1_-_Vocab_notes.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/8/86/Basic_1_-_Sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *I do homework in the morning.<br /> *I work in the afternoon.<br /> *I go to work in the morning.<br /> *I relax when I listen to music.<br /> *I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> *I wash the car every week.<br /> *I watch movies at night.<br /> *I try to exercise every day.<br /> *I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> *I go to bed early.<br /> *I go to bed late.<br /> *I wake up early.<br /> *I wake up late.<br /> *I play the guitar.<br /> *I play the piano.<br /> *I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> ===1. Look at the sentences and say if you do them or not. {{#tip-info: 1. Olhe para as frases e diga se você faz essa atividade ou não.}}===<br /> Ex.: <br /> I go to bed early.<br /> I don’t go to bed early.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> === 2. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I work at night. -&gt; I don't work at night.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===3. Make the following sentences interrogative using &quot;you&quot;.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo usando &quot;you&quot;.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I work at night. -&gt; Do you work at night?<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===4. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and changing the verb.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e mudando o verbo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.:<br /> I work at night. -&gt; He works at night.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===5. Now make the sentences with he or she negative and interrogative.{{#tip-info: Agora coloque as frases do exercício anterior nas formas negativa e interrogativa.}}===<br /> <br /> ===6. Make a list of the things you do that are not in the lesson. Use this dictionary: www.wordreference.com {{#tip-info: Faça uma lista das coisas que você faz que não estão nesta lição. Use o dicionário www.wordreference.com}}===<br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ====Palavras Cruzadas:====<br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-1-13</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/1&diff=9147 2021-05-29T02:46:37Z

<p>Gustavo: /* Palavras Cruzadas */</p> <hr /> <div>=Simple Present=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> <br /> {{Youtube|30qk3a4ycYk}}<br /> <br /> ===Conjulgue os seguintes verbos no Simple Present:===<br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> { To work<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { work _4 }<br /> You { work _4 }<br /> He { works _5 }<br /> She { works _5 }<br /> It { works _5 }<br /> We { work _4 }<br /> You { work _4 }<br /> They { work _4 }<br /> <br /> { To travel<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { travel _6 }<br /> You { travel _6 }<br /> He { travels _7 }<br /> She { travels _7 }<br /> It { travels _7 }<br /> We { travel _6 }<br /> You { travel _6 }<br /> They { travel _6 }<br /> <br /> { To play<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { play _4 }<br /> You { play _4 }<br /> He { plays _5 }<br /> She { plays _5 }<br /> It { plays _5 }<br /> We { play _4 }<br /> You { play _4 }<br /> They { play _4 }<br /> <br /> { To try<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { try _3 }<br /> You { try _3 }<br /> He { tries _5 }<br /> She { tries _5 }<br /> It { tries _5 }<br /> We { try _3 }<br /> You { try _3 }<br /> They { try _3 }<br /> <br /> { To relax<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { relax _5 }<br /> You { relax _5 }<br /> He { relaxes _7 }<br /> She { relaxes _7 }<br /> It { relaxes _7 }<br /> We { relax _5 }<br /> You { relax _5 }<br /> They { relax _5 }<br /> <br /> { To miss<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { miss _4 }<br /> You { miss _4 }<br /> He { misses _6 }<br /> She { misses _6 }<br /> It { misses _6 }<br /> We { miss _4 }<br /> You { miss _4 }<br /> They { miss _4 }<br /> <br /> { To watch<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { watch _5 }<br /> You { watch _5 }<br /> He { watches _7 }<br /> She { watches _7 }<br /> It { watches _7 }<br /> We { watch _5 }<br /> You { watch _5 }<br /> They { watch _5 }<br /> <br /> { To wash<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { wash _4 }<br /> You { wash _4 }<br /> He { washes _6 }<br /> She { washes _6 }<br /> It { washes _6 }<br /> We { wash _4 }<br /> You { wash _4 }<br /> They { wash _4 }<br /> <br /> { To go<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { go _2 }<br /> You { go _2 }<br /> He { goes _4 }<br /> She { goes _4 }<br /> It { goes _4 }<br /> We { go _2 }<br /> You { go _2 }<br /> They { go _2 }<br /> <br /> { To do<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { do _2 }<br /> You { do _2 }<br /> He { does _4 }<br /> She { does _4 }<br /> It { does _4 }<br /> We { do _2 }<br /> You { do _2 }<br /> They { do _2 }<br /> <br /> {Conjulgue os seguintes verbos na forma negativa:}<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> { To ask (use &quot;do not&quot; e &quot;does not&quot;)<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { do not ask _10 } <br /> You { do not ask _10 }<br /> He { does not ask _12 }<br /> She { does not ask _12 }<br /> It { does not ask _12 }<br /> We { do not ask _10 }<br /> You { do not ask _10 }<br /> They { do not ask _10 }<br /> <br /> { To fix (use &quot;don't&quot; e &quot;doesn't&quot;)<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { don't fix _9 } <br /> You { don't fix _9 }<br /> He { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> She { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> It { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> We { don't fix _9 }<br /> You { don't fix _9 }<br /> They { don't fix _9 }<br /> <br /> {Conjulgue os seguintes verbos na forma interrogativa:}<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> { To give<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { Do I give? _10 }<br /> You { Do you give? _12 }<br /> He { Does he give? _13 }<br /> She { Does she give? _14 }<br /> It { Does it give? _13 }<br /> We { Do we give? _11 }<br /> You { Do you give? _12 }<br /> They { Do they give? _13 }<br /> <br /> { To wash<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { Do I wash? _10 }<br /> You { Do you wash? _12 }<br /> He { Does he wash? _13 }<br /> She { Does she wash? _14 }<br /> It { Does it wash? _13 }<br /> We { Do we wash? _11 }<br /> You { Do you wash? _12 }<br /> They { Do they wash? _13 }<br /> <br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> ====Answers====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/8/8b/Basic_1_-_Grammar_Exercise_Answers.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/e/ea/Basic_1_-_Vocab.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|do}}<br /> {{Def|go}}<br /> {{Def|relax}}<br /> {{Def|miss}}<br /> {{Def|wash}}<br /> {{Def|watch}}<br /> {{Def|try}}<br /> {{Def|cry}}<br /> {{Def|play}}<br /> {{Def|listen}}<br /> {{Def|exercise}}<br /> {{Def|like}}<br /> {{Def2|wake|up}}<br /> {{Def3|go|to|bed}}<br /> <br /> {{Def3|in|the|morning}}<br /> {{Def3|in|the|afternoon}}<br /> {{Def3|in|the|evening}}<br /> {{Def2|at|night}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|music}}<br /> {{Def|homework}}<br /> {{Def|sad}}<br /> {{Def|when}}<br /> {{Def|every}}<br /> {{Def|day}}<br /> {{Def|week}}<br /> {{Def|month}}<br /> {{Def|dishes}}<br /> {{Def|early}}<br /> {{Def|late}}<br /> {{Def|sometimes}}<br /> {{Def|often}}<br /> {{Def|always}}<br /> {{Def|never}}<br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/3/38/Basic_1_-_Vocab_notes.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/8/86/Basic_1_-_Sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *I do homework in the morning.<br /> *I work in the afternoon.<br /> *I go to work in the morning.<br /> *I relax when I listen to music.<br /> *I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> *I wash the car every week.<br /> *I watch movies at night.<br /> *I try to exercise every day.<br /> *I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> *I go to bed early.<br /> *I go to bed late.<br /> *I wake up early.<br /> *I wake up late.<br /> *I play the guitar.<br /> *I play the piano.<br /> *I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> ===1. Look at the sentences and say if you do them or not. {{#tip-info: 1. Olhe para as frases e diga se você faz essa atividade ou não.}}===<br /> Ex.: <br /> I go to bed early.<br /> I don’t go to bed early.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> === 2. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I work at night. -&gt; I don't work at night.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===3. Make the following sentences interrogative using &quot;you&quot;.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo usando &quot;you&quot;.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I work at night. -&gt; Do you work at night?<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===4. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and changing the verb.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e mudando o verbo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.:<br /> I work at night. -&gt; He works at night.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===5. Now make the sentences with he or she negative and interrogative.{{#tip-info: Agora coloque as frases do exercício anterior nas formas negativa e interrogativa.}}===<br /> <br /> ===6. Make a list of the things you do that are not in the lesson. Use this dictionary: www.wordreference.com {{#tip-info: Faça uma lista das coisas que você faz que não estão nesta lição. Use o dicionário www.wordreference.com}}===<br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> [[https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-1-13|Palavras Cruzadas]]</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/1&diff=9146 2021-05-29T02:36:43Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>=Simple Present=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> <br /> {{Youtube|30qk3a4ycYk}}<br /> <br /> ===Conjulgue os seguintes verbos no Simple Present:===<br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> { To work<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { work _4 }<br /> You { work _4 }<br /> He { works _5 }<br /> She { works _5 }<br /> It { works _5 }<br /> We { work _4 }<br /> You { work _4 }<br /> They { work _4 }<br /> <br /> { To travel<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { travel _6 }<br /> You { travel _6 }<br /> He { travels _7 }<br /> She { travels _7 }<br /> It { travels _7 }<br /> We { travel _6 }<br /> You { travel _6 }<br /> They { travel _6 }<br /> <br /> { To play<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { play _4 }<br /> You { play _4 }<br /> He { plays _5 }<br /> She { plays _5 }<br /> It { plays _5 }<br /> We { play _4 }<br /> You { play _4 }<br /> They { play _4 }<br /> <br /> { To try<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { try _3 }<br /> You { try _3 }<br /> He { tries _5 }<br /> She { tries _5 }<br /> It { tries _5 }<br /> We { try _3 }<br /> You { try _3 }<br /> They { try _3 }<br /> <br /> { To relax<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { relax _5 }<br /> You { relax _5 }<br /> He { relaxes _7 }<br /> She { relaxes _7 }<br /> It { relaxes _7 }<br /> We { relax _5 }<br /> You { relax _5 }<br /> They { relax _5 }<br /> <br /> { To miss<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { miss _4 }<br /> You { miss _4 }<br /> He { misses _6 }<br /> She { misses _6 }<br /> It { misses _6 }<br /> We { miss _4 }<br /> You { miss _4 }<br /> They { miss _4 }<br /> <br /> { To watch<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { watch _5 }<br /> You { watch _5 }<br /> He { watches _7 }<br /> She { watches _7 }<br /> It { watches _7 }<br /> We { watch _5 }<br /> You { watch _5 }<br /> They { watch _5 }<br /> <br /> { To wash<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { wash _4 }<br /> You { wash _4 }<br /> He { washes _6 }<br /> She { washes _6 }<br /> It { washes _6 }<br /> We { wash _4 }<br /> You { wash _4 }<br /> They { wash _4 }<br /> <br /> { To go<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { go _2 }<br /> You { go _2 }<br /> He { goes _4 }<br /> She { goes _4 }<br /> It { goes _4 }<br /> We { go _2 }<br /> You { go _2 }<br /> They { go _2 }<br /> <br /> { To do<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { do _2 }<br /> You { do _2 }<br /> He { does _4 }<br /> She { does _4 }<br /> It { does _4 }<br /> We { do _2 }<br /> You { do _2 }<br /> They { do _2 }<br /> <br /> {Conjulgue os seguintes verbos na forma negativa:}<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> { To ask (use &quot;do not&quot; e &quot;does not&quot;)<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { do not ask _10 } <br /> You { do not ask _10 }<br /> He { does not ask _12 }<br /> She { does not ask _12 }<br /> It { does not ask _12 }<br /> We { do not ask _10 }<br /> You { do not ask _10 }<br /> They { do not ask _10 }<br /> <br /> { To fix (use &quot;don't&quot; e &quot;doesn't&quot;)<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { don't fix _9 } <br /> You { don't fix _9 }<br /> He { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> She { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> It { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> We { don't fix _9 }<br /> You { don't fix _9 }<br /> They { don't fix _9 }<br /> <br /> {Conjulgue os seguintes verbos na forma interrogativa:}<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> { To give<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { Do I give? _10 }<br /> You { Do you give? _12 }<br /> He { Does he give? _13 }<br /> She { Does she give? _14 }<br /> It { Does it give? _13 }<br /> We { Do we give? _11 }<br /> You { Do you give? _12 }<br /> They { Do they give? _13 }<br /> <br /> { To wash<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { Do I wash? _10 }<br /> You { Do you wash? _12 }<br /> He { Does he wash? _13 }<br /> She { Does she wash? _14 }<br /> It { Does it wash? _13 }<br /> We { Do we wash? _11 }<br /> You { Do you wash? _12 }<br /> They { Do they wash? _13 }<br /> <br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> ====Answers====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/8/8b/Basic_1_-_Grammar_Exercise_Answers.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/e/ea/Basic_1_-_Vocab.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|do}}<br /> {{Def|go}}<br /> {{Def|relax}}<br /> {{Def|miss}}<br /> {{Def|wash}}<br /> {{Def|watch}}<br /> {{Def|try}}<br /> {{Def|cry}}<br /> {{Def|play}}<br /> {{Def|listen}}<br /> {{Def|exercise}}<br /> {{Def|like}}<br /> {{Def2|wake|up}}<br /> {{Def3|go|to|bed}}<br /> <br /> {{Def3|in|the|morning}}<br /> {{Def3|in|the|afternoon}}<br /> {{Def3|in|the|evening}}<br /> {{Def2|at|night}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|music}}<br /> {{Def|homework}}<br /> {{Def|sad}}<br /> {{Def|when}}<br /> {{Def|every}}<br /> {{Def|day}}<br /> {{Def|week}}<br /> {{Def|month}}<br /> {{Def|dishes}}<br /> {{Def|early}}<br /> {{Def|late}}<br /> {{Def|sometimes}}<br /> {{Def|often}}<br /> {{Def|always}}<br /> {{Def|never}}<br /> <br /> ====Vocabulary Notes====<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/3/38/Basic_1_-_Vocab_notes.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/8/86/Basic_1_-_Sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *I do homework in the morning.<br /> *I work in the afternoon.<br /> *I go to work in the morning.<br /> *I relax when I listen to music.<br /> *I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> *I wash the car every week.<br /> *I watch movies at night.<br /> *I try to exercise every day.<br /> *I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> *I go to bed early.<br /> *I go to bed late.<br /> *I wake up early.<br /> *I wake up late.<br /> *I play the guitar.<br /> *I play the piano.<br /> *I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> ===1. Look at the sentences and say if you do them or not. {{#tip-info: 1. Olhe para as frases e diga se você faz essa atividade ou não.}}===<br /> Ex.: <br /> I go to bed early.<br /> I don’t go to bed early.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> === 2. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I work at night. -&gt; I don't work at night.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===3. Make the following sentences interrogative using &quot;you&quot;.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo usando &quot;you&quot;.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I work at night. -&gt; Do you work at night?<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===4. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and changing the verb.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e mudando o verbo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.:<br /> I work at night. -&gt; He works at night.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===5. Now make the sentences with he or she negative and interrogative.{{#tip-info: Agora coloque as frases do exercício anterior nas formas negativa e interrogativa.}}===<br /> <br /> ===6. Make a list of the things you do that are not in the lesson. Use this dictionary: www.wordreference.com {{#tip-info: Faça uma lista das coisas que você faz que não estão nesta lição. Use o dicionário www.wordreference.com}}===<br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ===Palavras Cruzadas===<br /> <br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-1-13#</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Basic/1&diff=9145 2021-05-29T02:35:15Z

<p>Gustavo: /* Sentences */</p> <hr /> <div>=Simple Present=<br /> <br /> ==Grammar==<br /> <br /> {{Youtube|30qk3a4ycYk}}<br /> <br /> ===Conjulgue os seguintes verbos no Simple Present:===<br /> &lt;quiz display=simple&gt;<br /> { To work<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { work _4 }<br /> You { work _4 }<br /> He { works _5 }<br /> She { works _5 }<br /> It { works _5 }<br /> We { work _4 }<br /> You { work _4 }<br /> They { work _4 }<br /> <br /> { To travel<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { travel _6 }<br /> You { travel _6 }<br /> He { travels _7 }<br /> She { travels _7 }<br /> It { travels _7 }<br /> We { travel _6 }<br /> You { travel _6 }<br /> They { travel _6 }<br /> <br /> { To play<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { play _4 }<br /> You { play _4 }<br /> He { plays _5 }<br /> She { plays _5 }<br /> It { plays _5 }<br /> We { play _4 }<br /> You { play _4 }<br /> They { play _4 }<br /> <br /> { To try<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { try _3 }<br /> You { try _3 }<br /> He { tries _5 }<br /> She { tries _5 }<br /> It { tries _5 }<br /> We { try _3 }<br /> You { try _3 }<br /> They { try _3 }<br /> <br /> { To relax<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { relax _5 }<br /> You { relax _5 }<br /> He { relaxes _7 }<br /> She { relaxes _7 }<br /> It { relaxes _7 }<br /> We { relax _5 }<br /> You { relax _5 }<br /> They { relax _5 }<br /> <br /> { To miss<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { miss _4 }<br /> You { miss _4 }<br /> He { misses _6 }<br /> She { misses _6 }<br /> It { misses _6 }<br /> We { miss _4 }<br /> You { miss _4 }<br /> They { miss _4 }<br /> <br /> { To watch<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { watch _5 }<br /> You { watch _5 }<br /> He { watches _7 }<br /> She { watches _7 }<br /> It { watches _7 }<br /> We { watch _5 }<br /> You { watch _5 }<br /> They { watch _5 }<br /> <br /> { To wash<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { wash _4 }<br /> You { wash _4 }<br /> He { washes _6 }<br /> She { washes _6 }<br /> It { washes _6 }<br /> We { wash _4 }<br /> You { wash _4 }<br /> They { wash _4 }<br /> <br /> { To go<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { go _2 }<br /> You { go _2 }<br /> He { goes _4 }<br /> She { goes _4 }<br /> It { goes _4 }<br /> We { go _2 }<br /> You { go _2 }<br /> They { go _2 }<br /> <br /> { To do<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { do _2 }<br /> You { do _2 }<br /> He { does _4 }<br /> She { does _4 }<br /> It { does _4 }<br /> We { do _2 }<br /> You { do _2 }<br /> They { do _2 }<br /> <br /> {Conjulgue os seguintes verbos na forma negativa:}<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> { To ask (use &quot;do not&quot; e &quot;does not&quot;)<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { do not ask _10 } <br /> You { do not ask _10 }<br /> He { does not ask _12 }<br /> She { does not ask _12 }<br /> It { does not ask _12 }<br /> We { do not ask _10 }<br /> You { do not ask _10 }<br /> They { do not ask _10 }<br /> <br /> { To fix (use &quot;don't&quot; e &quot;doesn't&quot;)<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { don't fix _9 } <br /> You { don't fix _9 }<br /> He { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> She { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> It { doesn't fix _11 }<br /> We { don't fix _9 }<br /> You { don't fix _9 }<br /> They { don't fix _9 }<br /> <br /> {Conjulgue os seguintes verbos na forma interrogativa:}<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> { To give<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { Do I give? _10 }<br /> You { Do you give? _12 }<br /> He { Does he give? _13 }<br /> She { Does she give? _14 }<br /> It { Does it give? _13 }<br /> We { Do we give? _11 }<br /> You { Do you give? _12 }<br /> They { Do they give? _13 }<br /> <br /> { To wash<br /> |type=&quot;{}&quot;}<br /> I { Do I wash? _10 }<br /> You { Do you wash? _12 }<br /> He { Does he wash? _13 }<br /> She { Does she wash? _14 }<br /> It { Does it wash? _13 }<br /> We { Do we wash? _11 }<br /> You { Do you wash? _12 }<br /> They { Do they wash? _13 }<br /> <br /> &lt;/quiz&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;btn size=&quot;lg&quot;&gt;<br /> |&lt;span class=&quot;fa fa-headphones&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt; Answers:<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/8/8b/Basic_1_-_Grammar_Exercise_Answers.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> &lt;/btn&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Vocabulary==<br /> <br /> Study the following vocabulary and then try to make sentences.{{#tip-info: Estude o seguinte vocabulário e depois tente fazer frases.}}<br /> <br /> &lt;btn size=&quot;lg&quot;&gt;<br /> |&lt;span class=&quot;fa fa-headphones&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt; Listen:<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/e/ea/Basic_1_-_Vocab.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> &lt;/btn&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Def|do}}<br /> {{Def|go}}<br /> {{Def|relax}}<br /> {{Def|miss}}<br /> {{Def|wash}}<br /> {{Def|watch}}<br /> {{Def|try}}<br /> {{Def|cry}}<br /> {{Def|play}}<br /> {{Def|listen}}<br /> {{Def|exercise}}<br /> {{Def|like}}<br /> {{Def2|wake|up}}<br /> {{Def3|go|to|bed}}<br /> <br /> {{Def3|in|the|morning}}<br /> {{Def3|in|the|afternoon}}<br /> {{Def3|in|the|evening}}<br /> {{Def2|at|night}}<br /> <br /> {{Def|music}}<br /> {{Def|homework}}<br /> {{Def|sad}}<br /> {{Def|when}}<br /> {{Def|every}}<br /> {{Def|day}}<br /> {{Def|week}}<br /> {{Def|month}}<br /> {{Def|dishes}}<br /> {{Def|early}}<br /> {{Def|late}}<br /> {{Def|sometimes}}<br /> {{Def|often}}<br /> {{Def|always}}<br /> {{Def|never}}<br /> <br /> &lt;btn&gt;<br /> |&lt;span class=&quot;fa fa-headphones&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt; Notes:<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/3/38/Basic_1_-_Vocab_notes.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> &lt;/btn&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Sentences==<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/8/86/Basic_1_-_Sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> *I do homework in the morning.<br /> *I work in the afternoon.<br /> *I go to work in the morning.<br /> *I relax when I listen to music.<br /> *I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> *I wash the car every week.<br /> *I watch movies at night.<br /> *I try to exercise every day.<br /> *I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> *I go to bed early.<br /> *I go to bed late.<br /> *I wake up early.<br /> *I wake up late.<br /> *I play the guitar.<br /> *I play the piano.<br /> *I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ==Exercises:==<br /> <br /> ===1. Look at the sentences and say if you do them or not. {{#tip-info: 1. Olhe para as frases e diga se você faz essa atividade ou não.}}===<br /> Ex.: <br /> I go to bed early.<br /> I don’t go to bed early.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> === 2. Make the following sentences negative. {{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no negativo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I work at night. -&gt; I don't work at night.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===3. Make the following sentences interrogative using &quot;you&quot;.{{#tip-info: Coloque as seguintes frases no interrogativo usando &quot;you&quot;.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.: I work at night. -&gt; Do you work at night?<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===4. Change the following sentences using '''he''' or '''she''' and changing the verb.{{#tip-info: Mude as seguintes frases usando he ou she e mudando o verbo.}}===<br /> <br /> Ex.:<br /> I work at night. -&gt; He works at night.<br /> <br /> #I do homework in the morning.<br /> #I work in the afternoon.<br /> #I go to work in the morning.<br /> #I relax when I listen to music.<br /> #I wash the dishes in the afternoon.<br /> #I wash the car every week.<br /> #I watch movies at night.<br /> #I try to exercise every day.<br /> #I cry when I watch sad movies.<br /> #I go to bed early.<br /> #I go to bed late.<br /> #I wake up early.<br /> #I wake up late.<br /> #I play the guitar.<br /> #I play the piano.<br /> #I travel every month.<br /> <br /> ===5. Now make the sentences with he or she negative and interrogative.{{#tip-info: Agora coloque as frases do exercício anterior nas formas negativa e interrogativa.}}===<br /> <br /> ===6. Make a list of the things you do that are not in the lesson. Use this dictionary: www.wordreference.com {{#tip-info: Faça uma lista das coisas que você faz que não estão nesta lição. Use o dicionário www.wordreference.com}}===<br /> <br /> ===7. Reflect back{{#tip-info: Reflita }}===<br /> <br /> #What did you really understand and do well in the lesson?<br /> #What were some of your challenges?<br /> <br /> ==Extra==<br /> <br /> ===Palavras Cruzadas===<br /> <br /> https://crosswordlabs.com/view/basic-1-13#</div>

Gustavo http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Sandbox&diff=9144 2021-05-29T02:32:47Z

<p>Gustavo: </p> <hr /> <div>&lt;btn size=&quot;lg&quot;&gt;<br /> |&lt;span class=&quot;fa fa-headphones&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt; Listen:<br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/8/86/Basic_1_-_Sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> &lt;/btn&gt;<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;html5media&gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/8/86/Basic_1_-_Sentences.mp3&lt;/html5media&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;btn data-toggle=&quot;tooltip&quot; title=&quot;this is my tooltip&quot;&gt;<br /> Tooltip Button<br /> &lt;/btn&gt;<br /> <br /> =='''in'''==<br /> ==='''in'''===<br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;btn class=&quot;btn-primary&quot;&gt;<br /> Classy<br /> Buttons<br /> &lt;/btn&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Modal|Simple Present|{{Youtube|LDI0neSt6CQ}}}}</div>

Gustavo